WO2022222035A1 - Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device - Google Patents

Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022222035A1
WO2022222035A1 PCT/CN2021/088430 CN2021088430W WO2022222035A1 WO 2022222035 A1 WO2022222035 A1 WO 2022222035A1 CN 2021088430 W CN2021088430 W CN 2021088430W WO 2022222035 A1 WO2022222035 A1 WO 2022222035A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
motor
braking
vehicle
torque
brake
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/088430
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱飞白
靳彪
张永生
杨维妙
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180001165.9A priority Critical patent/CN113302078B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/088430 priority patent/WO2022222035A1/en
Publication of WO2022222035A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022222035A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L7/00Electrodynamic brake systems for vehicles in general
    • B60L7/10Dynamic electric regenerative braking
    • B60L7/18Controlling the braking effect
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L15/00Methods, circuits, or devices for controlling the traction-motor speed of electrically-propelled vehicles
    • B60L15/20Methods, circuits, or devices for controlling the traction-motor speed of electrically-propelled vehicles for control of the vehicle or its driving motor to achieve a desired performance, e.g. speed, torque, programmed variation of speed
    • B60L15/2009Methods, circuits, or devices for controlling the traction-motor speed of electrically-propelled vehicles for control of the vehicle or its driving motor to achieve a desired performance, e.g. speed, torque, programmed variation of speed for braking
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L58/00Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles
    • B60L58/10Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries
    • B60L58/12Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries responding to state of charge [SoC]
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L2240/00Control parameters of input or output; Target parameters
    • B60L2240/10Vehicle control parameters
    • B60L2240/12Speed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L2240/00Control parameters of input or output; Target parameters
    • B60L2240/40Drive Train control parameters
    • B60L2240/42Drive Train control parameters related to electric machines
    • B60L2240/423Torque
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L2240/00Control parameters of input or output; Target parameters
    • B60L2240/40Drive Train control parameters
    • B60L2240/42Drive Train control parameters related to electric machines
    • B60L2240/427Voltage
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60LPROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
    • B60L2240/00Control parameters of input or output; Target parameters
    • B60L2240/40Drive Train control parameters
    • B60L2240/42Drive Train control parameters related to electric machines
    • B60L2240/429Current
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02TCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
    • Y02T10/00Road transport of goods or passengers
    • Y02T10/60Other road transportation technologies with climate change mitigation effect
    • Y02T10/72Electric energy management in electromobility

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of vehicles, and more particularly, to a vehicle braking method, device and electronic device.
  • the drive motor can be used as a motor to generate electricity, that is, the drive motor can convert kinetic energy (that is, braking force) into energy and store it in the power battery on the new energy vehicle, which can effectively improve new energy vehicles. of endurance. Therefore, while controlling the braking of new energy vehicles, turning on braking energy recovery has become one of the key technologies of electric vehicles.
  • the present application provides a vehicle braking method, device and electronic device, which can only control the vehicle to brake, or control the vehicle to brake and turn on the vehicle according to the state of charge SOC (state of charge) of the power battery on the vehicle. Braking energy recovery.
  • the present application provides a vehicle braking method, including: acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; if the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold, controlling the vehicle to brake; The electrical state SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery (the braking energy here is the energy generated by the following motor according to the braking process of the braking system, including the energy generated by the first motor. the first energy and/or the second energy produced by the second motor).
  • the state of charge SOC of the power battery represents the ratio of the remaining capacity of the power battery to the rated capacity under the same conditions under a constant discharge current, and is usually expressed as a percentage.
  • the discharge experiment method according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as the internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current and other parameters of the power battery), the discharge experiment method, the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural
  • the remaining capacity of the power battery is obtained by methods such as the network method. Further, according to the definition of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained.
  • the state-of-charge threshold may be set according to the rated capacity of the power battery.
  • the state of charge threshold can also be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
  • the vehicle braking method provided by the present application determines whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery while controlling the vehicle to perform the braking in combination with the obtained state of charge SOC of the power battery, so as to realize the energy control and reuse, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of vehicles (such as electric vehicles) and achieve energy conservation and emission reduction.
  • the vehicle braking method provided by the present application further includes: acquiring the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle .
  • the state information of the motor includes electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or current information of the motor.
  • the electrical angular velocity of a motor is obtained from the angular velocity of the motor and the number of pole pairs of the motor.
  • the angular velocity of the motor can be collected by a rotation angle sensor arranged on the motor.
  • the current information of the motor is obtained by coordinate transformation of the three-phase current of the motor.
  • the three-phase current of the motor can be collected by the current sensor.
  • the state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
  • the vehicle speed can be collected by a vehicle speed sensor provided on the vehicle.
  • the reference brake deceleration is derived based on the brake pedal travel and the vehicle longitudinal dynamics equation.
  • the stroke of the brake pedal can be collected by a stroke sensor.
  • controlling the vehicle to brake and enabling braking energy recovery includes: inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the motor Based on the voltage information of the motor, determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor (that is, the braking energy above); The generated energy is stored in the power battery.
  • controlling the vehicle to brake includes: combining the state information of the motor with the state information of the vehicle Input the pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve the voltage information of the motor; determine the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the vehicle's braking system.
  • the vehicle braking method provided by the present application further includes constructing an energy recovery control model through the following process:
  • the torque equation, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system determine the relationship between the torque of the wheels on the vehicle and the current information of the motor; based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor to determine the state equation of the vehicle; based on the state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor to determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels; based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle to determine the first energy recovery control model
  • the objective function is to determine the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the torque of the wheels.
  • the distribution ratio of the braking force of the brake and the braking force of the brake of the rear wheel meets the preset distribution ratio as the goal, and the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal; based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
  • the motor includes at least one of a first motor, a second motor, and a third motor; the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor satisfies the following formula:
  • T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel
  • T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel
  • T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel
  • T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel
  • r 1 is the braking torque in the braking system.
  • the piston diameter of the master cylinder r2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the front wheel brake
  • r3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the rear wheel brake
  • ⁇ f represents the front wheel brake in the brake disc.
  • Friction coefficient ⁇ r is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel
  • Re is the radius of the front/rear wheel
  • N P1 is the number of pole pairs of the first motor
  • N P2 is the number of pole pairs of the second motor
  • N P3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the third motor
  • ⁇ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor
  • ⁇ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor
  • ⁇ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor
  • i q1 represents the first motor flux linkage
  • i q2 is the quadrature axis current of the second motor
  • i q3 is the quadrature axis current of the third motor
  • ⁇ 1 is the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder
  • n f represents the transmission coefficient from the first motor to the front wheels
  • n r represents the transmission
  • a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle
  • i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor
  • i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor
  • id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor
  • i q2 represents the quadrature-axis current of the second motor
  • i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the third motor
  • i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the third motor
  • R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor
  • the above-mentioned first objective function is:
  • J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function
  • a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+ith time
  • a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle at the k+ith time
  • P represents the total number of steps.
  • a(k+i)-a ref (k+i) in the first objective function represents the deviation between the actual braking deceleration and the reference braking deceleration at the k+i-th moment of the vehicle (the deviation can be a positive value, can also be negative).
  • the deviation can be a positive value, can also be negative.
  • the above-mentioned second objective function is:
  • J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function
  • T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time
  • Re represents the wheel
  • the radius of , CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps.
  • the second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, and it is hoped that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio
  • the deviation between the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is The smaller the absolute value of , the better, that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of vehicle braking.
  • the above-mentioned third objective function is:
  • J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function
  • T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+i th time.
  • the braking torque at the moment, ⁇ f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment
  • ⁇ r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment
  • P target represents the braking system
  • the target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
  • T hf (k+i) ⁇ f (k+i)+T hr (k+i) ⁇ r (k+i) in the third objective function above represents the actual braking power of the braking system
  • T hf (k +i) ⁇ f (k+i)+T hr (k+i) ⁇ r (k+i)-P target represents the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power (the deviation can be positive, or can be negative).
  • the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are generated during the regenerative braking process. The energy will be more, and then the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
  • determining the objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the first objective function, the second objective function, and the third objective function includes: assigning the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function are weighted, and the objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined with the minimum value of the weighted function as the objective, and the weighting coefficient includes the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second objective The second weighting coefficient of the function and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
  • the objective function of the above energy recovery control model takes the vehicle's reference braking deceleration and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking performance.
  • the smoothness and safety of the movement are realized, and the maximum energy recovery is realized.
  • the constraints of the energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • the above voltage constraints are:
  • u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor
  • u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor
  • u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the second motor
  • u min3 represents The minimum voltage of the third motor
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor
  • u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor
  • u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor
  • u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor voltage
  • u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor
  • u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor
  • u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor
  • the voltage increment constraint is:
  • ⁇ u d1 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u q1 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u d1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u q1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u d2 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u q2 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u d2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u q2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u d3 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor
  • ⁇ u q3 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor
  • the obtained electrical angular velocity of the motor, the current information of the motor, the speed of the vehicle and the reference braking deceleration of the vehicle can be combined to control the vehicle to brake and enable braking energy recovery.
  • determining the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor includes: determining the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor For the output first torque, the second torque output by the second motor is determined based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and the third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor. ; determining the first energy generated by the first motor based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determining the second energy generated by the second motor based on the second torque output by the second motor.
  • the vehicle based on the torque output by the motor, the vehicle is controlled to brake through the braking system of the vehicle, and the energy generated by the motor is stored in the power battery, including: based on the first motor The output first torque determines the feedback torque of the front wheel, and the feedback torque of the rear wheel is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor; Brake wheel cylinder and rear wheel brake The brake wheel cylinder determines the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; based on the feedback torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the front wheel, the front wheel is controlled to perform braking, and The rear wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the braking torque of the rear wheels; the first energy generated by the first motor and the second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
  • the direct-axis voltage and quadrature-axis voltage of the motor output by the energy recovery control model are directly applied to the motor, and then the vehicle braking and braking energy recovery are realized through the motor.
  • the lower-level controller including the braking control unit and the motor control unit
  • it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
  • determining the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor includes: determining the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor.
  • controlling the vehicle to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle includes: based on the third torque output by the third motor, using the brake master cylinder, The brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the front wheel and the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the rear wheel determine the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; control the front wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the front wheel, and based on the braking torque of the front wheel The braking torque of the rear wheels controls the braking of the rear wheels.
  • the above-mentioned vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  • the above electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  • the present application provides a vehicle braking device, including: an acquisition module for acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; a control module for when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge When the threshold is reached, the vehicle is controlled to brake; it is also used to control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold (the braking energy here is the motor according to the braking system.
  • the energy generated during the braking process includes the first energy generated by the first motor and/or the second energy generated by the second motor).
  • the vehicle braking device provided by the second aspect above can determine whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to brake while controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery through the state of charge SOC of the power battery, that is, according to the state of charge SOC, the vehicle can only perform braking.
  • the control of braking, or the control of braking the vehicle and turning on the braking energy recovery realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the vehicle and achieve energy saving and emission reduction.
  • it is possible to switch between controlling the vehicle to brake only and to control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery which can effectively increase the number of vehicles without affecting the braking of the vehicle. of endurance.
  • the vehicle braking device provided in the second aspect above may include a judgment module configured to judge whether the acquired state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold.
  • the obtaining module is further configured to: obtain the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle; the state information of the motor includes the electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or the current information of the motor; The state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
  • state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle acquired by the acquisition module are used in the following modeling module to construct an energy recovery control model.
  • the control module is used to: input the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve to obtain the voltage information of the motor; based on the voltage information of the motor Determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the vehicle's braking system, and store the energy generated by the motor (ie, braking energy) into the power battery.
  • control module is used to: input the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve to obtain the voltage information of the motor; based on the voltage information of the motor Determine the torque output by the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the braking system of the vehicle.
  • the vehicle braking device further includes a modeling module, where the modeling module is used for: based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the braking system
  • the state equation determines the relationship between the torque of the wheel on the vehicle and the current information of the motor; the state equation of the vehicle is determined based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor;
  • the state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels; determine the first objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle, and determine the energy recovery control based on the torque of the wheels
  • the second objective function and the third objective function of the model the first objective function takes the vehicle to be able to track the reference braking deceleration as the target, and the second objective function takes the braking force of the front wheel brake and the
  • the distribution ratio of the system satisfies the preset distribution ratio as the goal, and the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal; based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function Determine the objective of the energy recovery control model function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
  • the motor includes at least one of a first motor, a second motor, and a third motor.
  • T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel
  • T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel
  • T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel
  • T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel
  • r 1 is the braking torque in the braking system.
  • the piston diameter of the master cylinder r2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the front wheel brake
  • r3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the rear wheel brake
  • ⁇ f represents the front wheel brake in the brake disc.
  • Friction coefficient ⁇ r is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel
  • Re is the radius of the front/rear wheel
  • N P1 is the number of pole pairs of the first motor
  • N P2 is the number of pole pairs of the second motor
  • N P3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the third motor
  • ⁇ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor
  • ⁇ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor
  • ⁇ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor
  • i q1 represents the first motor flux linkage
  • i q2 is the quadrature axis current of the second motor
  • i q3 is the quadrature axis current of the third motor
  • ⁇ 1 is the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder
  • n f represents the transmission coefficient from the first motor to the front wheels
  • n r represents the transmission
  • a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle
  • i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor
  • i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor
  • id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor
  • i q2 represents the quadrature-axis current of the second motor
  • i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the third motor
  • i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the third motor
  • R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor
  • J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function
  • a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+ith time
  • a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle at the k+ith time
  • P represents the total number of steps.
  • the first objective function is based on the vehicle's ability to track the reference braking deceleration, which can ensure the smoothness of the vehicle's braking and improve the driving experience.
  • J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function
  • T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time
  • Re represents the wheel
  • the radius of , CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps.
  • the second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, indicating that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is smaller.
  • the better that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of vehicle braking.
  • J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function
  • T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+ith moment
  • Th hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith time.
  • the braking torque at the moment, ⁇ f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment
  • ⁇ r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment
  • P target represents the braking system
  • the target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
  • the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, which can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are in the regenerative braking The more energy is generated in the process, the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
  • the constraints of the above energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor
  • u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor
  • u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the second motor
  • u min3 represents The minimum voltage of the third motor
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor
  • u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor
  • u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor
  • u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor voltage
  • u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor
  • u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor
  • u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor
  • ⁇ u d1 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u q1 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u d1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u q1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor
  • ⁇ u d2 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u q2 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u d2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u q2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor
  • ⁇ u d3 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor
  • ⁇ u q3 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor
  • the above-mentioned modeling module is used to: weight the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function based on a preset weighting coefficient, and use the weighted
  • the minimum function value is the target, and the objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined.
  • the weighting coefficient includes the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
  • the modeling module takes the vehicle's reference braking deceleration and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking smoothness and stability. Safety and maximum energy recovery.
  • the above-mentioned control module is used to: determine the first torque output by the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor, and determine the first torque output by the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the second motor.
  • the second torque output by the second motor, and the third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor; the first energy generated by the first motor is determined based on the first torque output by the first motor , and the second energy generated by the second motor is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor.
  • the control module is configured to: determine the feedback torque of the front wheels based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determine the feedback torque of the rear wheels based on the second torque output by the second motor Torque; based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking of the rear wheel are determined by the brake master cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake torque; control the front wheel to brake based on the feedback torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the front wheel, and control the rear wheel to brake based on the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; An energy and a second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
  • control module is configured to: determine the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor.
  • the above-mentioned control module is used to: based on the third torque output by the third motor, through the brake master cylinder, the brake of the front wheel, the brake wheel cylinder and the rear wheel
  • the brake wheel cylinder in the brake determines the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; controls the front wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the front wheel, and controls the rear wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the rear wheel.
  • the above-mentioned vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  • the above-mentioned electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  • the present application provides a vehicle braking device, comprising: an acquisition module for acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; a braking system for when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset charge When the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, braking is performed; and when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, the vehicle is controlled to brake and the braking energy recovery is turned on.
  • the vehicle braking device provided by the third aspect of the present application further includes an energy recovery controller, where the energy recovery controller is coupled to the acquisition module and the braking system ;
  • the acquisition module is further configured to: acquire the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle;
  • the energy recovery controller is used for: determining the voltage of the motor according to the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle.
  • the braking system is further used for: controlling the vehicle to perform braking according to the voltage of the motor, or controlling the vehicle to perform braking and enabling braking energy recovery.
  • the vehicle braking device provided by the third aspect inputs the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle obtained by the acquisition module into the energy recovery controller, and outputs the voltage of the motor through the energy recovery controller, and the braking system Control the vehicle to brake, or control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery. Compared with the scheme using the indirect braking of the lower controller, it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
  • the acquisition module may include at least one sensor.
  • a plurality of sensors may be provided.
  • the acquisition module can set the current sensor.
  • the current sensor is used to collect the three-phase currents of the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 (the three-phase current is subjected to coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation), and the respective direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current of the three motors can be obtained. ).
  • coordinate transformation such as Parker transformation
  • the three-phase currents of the three motors can be collected through one current sensor, and the three-phase currents of the three motors can also be collected through three sensors respectively.
  • the collection module may be provided with a vehicle speed sensor.
  • the vehicle speed sensor is used to collect the vehicle speed.
  • the collection module may be provided with a travel sensor.
  • the travel sensor is used to collect the brake pedal travel (the reference braking deceleration of the vehicle can be obtained through the brake pedal travel and the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle).
  • the present application provides an electronic device, comprising: at least one processor; a memory for storing one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by at least one processor, the first Aspects and methods in their possible implementations.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, are used to execute the aforementioned first aspect and possible implementations thereof. method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product contains instructions, and when the instructions are run on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor can be implemented as described in the first aspect and possible implementations thereof. Methods.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electric vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of controlling an electric vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of controlling an electric vehicle to brake in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of constructing an energy recovery control model in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more, and "a plurality” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” is used to describe the relationship between related objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, “A and/or B” can mean: only A, only B, and both A and B exist , where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are an “or” relationship.
  • At least one item(s) below” or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
  • At least one (a) of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and” , where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the automotive industry is prospering with the ever-increasing demand for vehicles such as automobiles in society.
  • new energy vehicles such as pure electric vehicles or hybrid vehicles
  • the drive motor used to drive the wheels to rotate can also act as a generator to generate electricity while generating feedback torque (the feedback torque acts on the wheels to brake the vehicle).
  • the generated energy is stored in the power battery, which can effectively improve the battery life of new energy vehicles, and can achieve energy saving and emission reduction. Therefore, in the process of controlling the vehicle to brake, simultaneously controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery has become one of the key technologies of the new energy vehicle.
  • the embodiment of the present application first obtains the braking torque of the braking system and the feedback torque of the driving motor in the new energy vehicle by optimizing the energy recovery controller;
  • the brake control unit of the braking system executes the braking torque of the braking system (that is, the braking control unit controls the braking system to execute the braking torque), and also executes the feedback of the drive motor through the motor control unit for controlling the drive motor Torque (that is, the motor control unit controls the drive motor to perform feedback torque).
  • the drive motor will generate energy while executing the feedback torque.
  • Embodiments may define an energy recovery controller as an upper-level controller, and may also define a brake control unit and a motor control unit as a lower-level controller.
  • the lower-level controller cannot ideally track the braking torque of the braking system and the feedback torque of the drive motor, the braking effect and energy recovery effect of the vehicle are both poor.
  • the above-mentioned braking and energy recovery require an upper-level controller and a lower-level controller during the execution process, so the cost will be relatively high.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a vehicle braking method.
  • the vehicle braking method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to new energy vehicles such as electric vehicles (that is, pure electric vehicles) or hybrid vehicles, and of course, can also be applied to internal combustion engine vehicles such as gasoline engine vehicles, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application .
  • electric vehicles can be classified into front-drive electric vehicles, rear-drive electric vehicles, and distributed-drive electric vehicles according to different driving modes.
  • the front-drive electric vehicle drives the front wheel to rotate through the front-drive motor (that is, the driving motor that drives the rotation of the front wheel), and realizes the braking through the braking system.
  • the rear-drive electric vehicle drives the rear wheel to rotate through the rear-drive drive motor (the drive motor that drives the rear wheel to rotate), and realizes braking through the braking system.
  • the distributed drive electric vehicle is driven by the front-drive motor and the rear-drive motor together. Since this type of electric vehicle includes a front-drive motor and a rear-drive motor, it is called a distributed drive electric vehicle.
  • the embodiments of the present application take a distributed drive electric vehicle (hereinafter referred to as an electric vehicle for short) as an example to illustrate the braking method of an electric vehicle.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electric vehicle according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure 100 includes a wheel (including a front wheel (ie, the front wheel W(wheel) 1 and the front wheel W(wheel) 2 in FIG. 1 ) and a rear wheel (ie, the rear wheel W(wheel) in FIG. 1 ) )3 and rear wheel W(wheel)4)), motor (including drive motor (including front drive motor M(motor)1 and rear drive motor M(motor)2) and booster motor M(motor)3), power battery B (batter) 1, electronic control unit ECU (electronic control unit, also known as energy recovery controller) and braking system B (brake) 2.
  • a wheel including a front wheel (ie, the front wheel W(wheel) 1 and the front wheel W(wheel) 2 in FIG. 1 ) and a rear wheel (ie, the rear wheel W(wheel) in FIG. 1 ) )3 and rear wheel W(wheel)4)
  • motor including drive motor (including front drive motor M(motor)
  • the braking system B2 may adopt a mechanical linear braking system, a hydraulic linear braking system, a pneumatic linear braking system or an electromagnetic braking-by-wire system, and the embodiment of the present application adopts a hydraulic linear braking system to realize electric vehicle brake.
  • the front drive motor M1 is connected to the two front wheels (front wheel W1 and the front wheel W2) through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 1
  • the rear drive motor M2 is connected to the two rear wheels through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 2.
  • the wheels (rear wheel W3 and rear wheel W4) are connected, and the booster motor M3 is coupled to the braking system B2 through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 3, and the braking system B2 is connected to the four wheels.
  • the braking system B2 has a brake caliper C (caliper) 1 arranged near the front wheel W1, a brake caliper C (caliper) 2 arranged near the front wheel W2, and a brake caliper C (caliper) 2 arranged near the rear wheel W3.
  • the brake caliper C (caliper) 4 arranged near the rear wheel W4 are coupled to control the actions of the brake caliper C1 , the brake caliper C2 , the brake caliper C3 and the brake caliper C4 .
  • the ECU is electrically connected to the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, and is used to send the obtained direct-axis voltage of the front-drive motor M1 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the front-drive motor M1 to the front-drive motor M1, and send the obtained rear-drive motor M1.
  • the direct-axis voltage of the drive motor M2 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the rear-drive motor M2 are sent to the rear-drive motor M2, and the obtained direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 are also sent to the booster motor M3.
  • the power battery B1 is coupled to the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2, the assist motor M3 and the ECU.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, process 200 may be implemented by the following steps.
  • Step S201 Obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle.
  • the power battery set on the electric vehicle determines the battery life of the electric vehicle.
  • Power batteries have a rated capacity in ampere-hours. If the power battery is partially or fully discharged, the remaining capacity of the power battery will be less than the rated capacity of the power battery.
  • the state of charge (SOC) of the power battery represents the ratio of the remaining capacity of the power battery to the rated capacity under the same conditions under a constant discharge current, usually expressed as a percentage.
  • the state of charge SOC can be expressed as:
  • Q m -Q(I n ) represents the remaining capacity of the power battery after discharging according to the constant discharge current I n in the time t;
  • I n represents the discharge current of the power battery;
  • Q m represents the power battery according to the discharge current.
  • Q(In) represents the capacity released by the power battery when the power battery is discharged at a constant discharge current In during time t .
  • the value range of the state of charge SOC is 0-1.
  • the state of charge (SOC) of the power battery cannot be obtained by direct measurement, but the power battery can be obtained according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as the internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current and other parameters of the power battery) remaining capacity.
  • the discharge experiment method the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural network method and other methods can be used to obtain the remaining power of the power battery. capacity.
  • the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained according to the definitions of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC.
  • Step S202 if the obtained state of charge SOC is greater than the preset state of charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake (that is, control the vehicle to only brake without turning on braking energy recovery); if the obtained state of charge SOC is less than or equal to State-of-charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery (the braking energy here is the energy generated by the motor according to the braking process of the braking system, including the first energy P M1 generated by the first motor M1 and /or the second energy P M2 ) generated by the second motor M2.
  • the braking energy here is the energy generated by the motor according to the braking process of the braking system, including the first energy P M1 generated by the first motor M1 and /or the second energy P M2 ) generated by the second motor M2.
  • different state-of-charge thresholds can be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
  • the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the state-of-charge threshold of the power battery as 0.90 as an example.
  • step S201 how to control the electric vehicle to only brake, or control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery, is described in the following two cases.
  • Case 1 The obtained state of charge SOC is 0.95. Since 0.95 is greater than 0.90, it can be determined that the remaining capacity of the power battery can provide strong endurance for the electric vehicle (that is, the remaining capacity of the power battery can also support the electric vehicle to drive longer. long mileage). In this case, it is only necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake, and it is not necessary to control the electric vehicle to activate the braking energy recovery.
  • Case 2 The obtained state of charge SOC is 0.85. Since 0.85 is less than 0.90, it can be determined that the remaining capacity of the power battery cannot provide strong endurance for the electric vehicle (that is, the remaining capacity of the power battery cannot support the electric vehicle for a long mileage). ). In this case, it is necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery.
  • the obtained state of charge SOC is 0.90 (that is, the obtained state of charge SOC is equal to the preset state of charge threshold), it is the same as the above case 2, and it is also necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the brake. Energy recovery.
  • the electric vehicle is controlled to brake and the braking energy recovery is enabled, the recovered energy is used to charge the power battery, so that the SOC of the power battery is greater than 0.90.
  • the state of charge SOC recovers to above 0.90 (that is, through charging, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is greater than 0.90)
  • the electric vehicle can be controlled to perform only braking and control the electric vehicle. Switching between braking and turning on braking energy recovery can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle without affecting the braking of the electric vehicle.
  • the vehicle braking method determines whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery while controlling the vehicle to brake by the state of charge SOC of the power battery. Braking, or controlling the electric vehicle to brake and turning on the braking energy recovery, realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle, and realize energy saving and emission reduction.
  • the vehicle braking method provided by the embodiment of the present application may further acquire the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle.
  • the state information of the motors may include the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, and the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, and may also include the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, and the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3 Current information of the motor M1, current information of the rear drive motor M2, and current information of the assist motor M3.
  • the electrical angular velocity (represented by ⁇ r3 ) of the assist motor M3 is obtained by combining the angular velocity (represented by ⁇ 3 ) of the assist motor M3 collected by the rotational angle sensor (disposed on the assist motor M3 ) with the angular velocity of the assist motor M3
  • the current information of the front drive motor M1 may be obtained by performing coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation) on the three-phase current of the front drive motor M1 collected by the current sensor
  • the current information of the rear drive motor M2 may be obtained by converting the current sensor
  • the collected three-phase current of the rear drive motor M2 is obtained by performing coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation)
  • the current information of the booster motor M3 can be obtained by performing coordinate transformation (eg, Parker transformation) on the three-phase current of the booster motor M3 collected by the current sensor. )owned.
  • the state information of the electric vehicle may include the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle, and may also include the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle.
  • the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle can be acquired by a vehicle speed sensor provided on the electric vehicle.
  • the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle may be based on the brake pedal stroke collected by the stroke sensor, and obtained through the longitudinal dynamic equation of the electric vehicle (for the expression, please refer to the introduction below).
  • the vehicle braking method provided in this embodiment of the present application may also Build an energy recovery control model.
  • the energy recovery control model may include objective functions and constraints.
  • the objective function may include a first objective function, a second objective function, and a third objective function
  • the constraints may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • the embodiments of the present application take voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints as examples. Explain the constraints.
  • the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 all use permanent magnet synchronous motors, so the voltage equation, electromagnetic torque equation and mechanical The equations are the same.
  • the front-drive motor M1 is taken as an example, and an energy recovery control model is constructed through the following steps S201a' to S201e'.
  • Step S201a' Determine the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the front-wheel motor M1 based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-wheel motor M1, the mechanical equation of the front-wheel motor M1, and the state equation of the braking system.
  • the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
  • T e1 represents the electromagnetic torque of the front-drive motor M1, the unit is Nm; N P1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front-wheel motor M1; ⁇ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the front-wheel motor M1, the unit is Vs/rad; i d1 represents the front-wheel motor M1
  • the direct-axis current of the motor is A, the unit is A; i q1 is the quadrature-axis current of the front-drive motor M1, the unit is A; L d1 is the direct-axis inductance of the motor, the unit is H; L q is the quadrature-axis inductance of the motor, the unit is H.
  • the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-drive motor M1 can also be expressed as:
  • the mechanical equations of the front-drive motor M1 may be introduced in the two cases of the front-drive motor M1 as a motor and a generator.
  • the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
  • J 1 represents the moment of inertia of the front drive motor M1, the unit is kg m ⁇ 2, B 1 represents the damping coefficient of the driving motor M1, the unit is Nm.s/rad; ⁇ m1 represents the mechanical speed of the front drive motor M1, the unit is rad/s; T L1 represents the load torque of the front drive motor M1, in Nm.
  • the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
  • the state equation of the braking system can be expressed as:
  • P c represents the oil pressure output by the active master cylinder in the braking system, and it satisfies T m3 represents the third torque output by the booster motor M3.
  • the moment of the wheel may include the moment of the front wheel and the moment of the rear wheel.
  • the torque of the front wheel may include the braking torque of the front wheel and the feedback torque of the front wheel
  • the torque of the rear wheel may include the braking torque of the rear wheel and the feedback torque of the rear wheel.
  • the motor The current information of can include the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3.
  • the current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1.
  • the current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3.
  • the current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2.
  • the electromagnetic torque equation of the front drive motor M1, the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 and the state equation of the braking system can be combined to obtain the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3, the rear The relationship between the braking torque of the wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3, the relationship between the feedback torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, and the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2 The relationship between.
  • the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3 can be expressed as:
  • the relationship between the braking torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3 can be expressed as:
  • the relationship between the feedback torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
  • the relationship between the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2 can be expressed as:
  • T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel
  • T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel
  • T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel
  • T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel
  • r 1 is the main braking torque.
  • the piston diameter of the cylinder r 2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the front wheel, r 3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the rear wheel, ⁇ f represents the friction of the brake disc in the brake of the front wheel Coefficient, ⁇ r represents the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re represents the radius of the front wheel/rear wheel (in the embodiment of this application, four wheels (including two front wheels and two rear wheels) are used in the electric vehicle.
  • NP1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front drive motor M1
  • NP2 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the rear drive motor M2
  • NP3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the booster motor M3
  • ⁇ f1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front drive motor M1
  • Rotor flux linkage ⁇ f2 denotes the rotor flux linkage of the rear drive motor M2
  • ⁇ f3 denotes the rotor flux linkage of the booster motor M3
  • i q1 denotes the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1
  • i q2 denotes the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2
  • i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3
  • ⁇ 1 represents the transmission coefficient between the front drive motor M1 and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder
  • n f represents the transmission coefficient from the front drive motor M1 to the front wheel
  • n r represents
  • Step S201b' Determine the state equation of the electric vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
  • the longitudinal dynamics equation of an electric vehicle can be formulated as:
  • F air can be expressed as:
  • F roll can be formulated as:
  • the voltage equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
  • the state equation of the electric vehicle can be expressed as:
  • i d1 represents the direct axis current of the front drive motor M1
  • i q1 represents the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1
  • i d2 represents the direct axis current of the rear drive motor M2
  • i q2 represents the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2
  • i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the booster motor M3
  • i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the booster motor M3
  • represents the first derivative of the direct-axis current of the front-drive motor M1 represents the first-order differential of the quadrature-axis current of the front-drive motor M1
  • R s2 represents the internal resistance of the rear drive motor M2
  • R s3 represents the internal resistance of the booster motor M3
  • L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the front drive motor M1
  • L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the front drive motor M1
  • L d2 represents the rear drive motor M1.
  • the direct-axis inductance of the motor M2, L q2 is the quadrature-axis inductance of the rear drive motor M2, L d3 is the direct-axis inductance of the booster motor M3, L q3 is the quadrature-axis inductance of the booster motor M3, and ⁇ r1 is the electrical angular velocity of the front-drive motor M1 , ⁇ r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, ⁇ r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the booster motor M3, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, u d2 represents the rear drive motor The direct axis voltage of M2, u q2 is the quadrature axis voltage of the rear drive motor M2, u d3 is the direct axis voltage of the booster motor M3, u q3 is the quadrature axis voltage of the booster motor M3,
  • Thf represents the braking torque of the front wheel
  • T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel
  • T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel
  • T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel
  • F air represents the air resistance of the electric vehicle
  • F roll represents the Rolling resistance of the vehicle.
  • Step S201c' Determine the actual braking deceleration and wheel torque of the electric vehicle based on the state equation of the electric vehicle and the current information of the motor.
  • the power assist On the basis of the direct-axis current id3 of the motor M3 and the quadrature-axis current i q3 of the booster motor M3 (that is, the current information of the motor is obtained), id1 , i q1 , id2 , i q2 , id3 and i q3 are brought into The equation of state for the above electric vehicle, combined with the relationship between Thf and i q3 , the relationship between Th hr and i q3 , the relationship between T mf and i q1 , the relationship between T mr and i q2 , the relationship between T m
  • Step S201d' Based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels, three objective functions (including the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function) of the energy recovery control model are determined.
  • a first objective function is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, taking the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle as the target.
  • the first objective function can be expressed as:
  • J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function
  • a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle at the k+ith moment
  • a ref (k+i) represents the electric vehicle at the k+th time.
  • the reference braking deceleration at time i, k represents the time
  • i represents the index of the step
  • i 1,2,...,P
  • P represents the total number of steps.
  • a(k+i)-a ref (k+i) in the first objective function represents the deviation between the actual braking deceleration and the reference braking deceleration ( Bias can be positive or negative). Taking the electric vehicle's ability to track the reference braking deceleration as the goal, it means that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration is as small as possible, which can ensure the smoothness of the electric vehicle braking. Improve the driving experience.
  • the distribution ratio of the braking force of the front wheel brake and the braking force of the rear wheel brake on the electric vehicle (that is, the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio) satisfies the preset distribution ratio (ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio) ) as the target, and the second objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheel.
  • the ideal front-to-rear braking force distribution ratio represents: when the front and rear wheels are locked at the same time, the braking force of the front wheel brake (that is, the brake used to brake the front wheel) in the braking system and the braking system The relationship curve of the braking force of the middle rear wheel brake (ie the brake used to brake the rear wheel).
  • the ideal front and rear brake force distribution ratio can be obtained by the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (the united nations economic commission for europe, abbreviated UNECE or ECE) regulations.
  • the second objective function can be expressed as:
  • J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function
  • T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time
  • Re represents the wheel
  • the radius of , P represents the total number of steps.
  • CF represents the preset distribution ratio, CF can be expressed as:
  • db represents the distance from the center of mass of the electric vehicle to the rear axle (the rear axle is located between the two rear wheels and is used to connect the two rear wheels)
  • d a represents the center of mass of the electric vehicle to the front axle (the front axle is located between the two rear wheels).
  • the distance between the two front wheels is used to connect the two front wheels
  • z represents the braking strength of the electric vehicle
  • h g represents the height of the center of mass of the electric vehicle.
  • (T mf (k+i)+T hf (k+i)) Re in the second objective function represents the braking force of the front wheel brake
  • the second (T mr (k+i)+T hr (k+i)) Re in the objective function represents the braking force of the rear wheel brake.
  • the absolute value of the deviation between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is expressed as the goal that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio satisfies the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio
  • the third objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheel with the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal.
  • the third objective function can be expressed as:
  • J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function
  • T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time
  • T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+i th time.
  • the braking torque at the moment, ⁇ f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment
  • ⁇ r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment
  • P target represents the braking system
  • the target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
  • T hf (k+i) ⁇ f (k+i)+T hr (k+i) ⁇ r (k+i) in the third objective function above represents the actual braking power of the braking system
  • T hf (k+i) ⁇ f (k+i)+T hr (k+i) ⁇ r (k+i)-P target represents the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power (the deviation can be positive or negative).
  • the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are generated during the regenerative braking process. The energy will be more, and then the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
  • P target 0
  • the third objective function can be expressed as:
  • aiming at the minimum braking power of the braking system can indicate that the absolute value of the actual braking power is as small as possible, which can also make the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 generate more power in the process of regenerative braking. energy, so as to achieve maximum energy recovery.
  • Step S201e' Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
  • the weighting coefficients (including the first weighting coefficient (represented by ⁇ 1 ) of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient (represented by ⁇ 2 ) of the second objective function, and the third weighting coefficient of the second objective function are set first.
  • the third weighting coefficient of the objective function (represented by ⁇ 3 ) ; objective function.
  • the objective function of the energy recovery control model can be expressed as:
  • J represents the weighted function value
  • min J represents the minimum value of J.
  • the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio are used as the tracking targets, and the actual braking power output by the braking system is 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the smoothness of braking Safety and security, and achieve maximum energy recovery.
  • the constraints of the energy recovery control model can include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • the embodiments of the present application describe voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints as constraints.
  • the energy generated by the regenerative braking during the process of generating the feedback torque of the front wheel by the front-wheel drive motor M1 is less than the loss during the charging process of the power battery.
  • the energy recovery needs to be terminated and only braking is performed.
  • the braking force required for braking is provided by the braking system.
  • the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 can be the minimum values that u d1 and u q1 can reach, and the direct axis voltage u d1 of the rear drive motor M2 can be reached.
  • the axial voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 can be the minimum values that u d2 and u q2 can achieve, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assisting power M3 can be the minimum values that u d3 and u q3 can achieve minimum value.
  • the voltage constraint can be formulated as:
  • u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the front drive motor M1
  • u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the front drive motor M1
  • u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the rear drive motor M2
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the rear drive motor M2
  • u min3 represents the minimum voltage of the booster motor M3
  • u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the booster motor M3
  • u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the front drive motor M1
  • u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the front drive motor M1
  • u d2 represents the rear drive motor M2
  • u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the rear drive motor M2
  • u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the booster motor M3
  • u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the booster motor M3.
  • the voltage increment constraint can be that the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1 is less than the maximum value that can be achieved by the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1 (that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1), and that of the rear-drive motor M2.
  • the direct-axis voltage increment is smaller than the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear drive motor M2 (that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2), and the direct-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3 is smaller than that of the booster motor M3
  • the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment that can be reached that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3.
  • the voltage increment constraint can be formulated as:
  • ⁇ u d1 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1
  • ⁇ u q1 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1
  • ⁇ u d1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1
  • ⁇ u q1max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1
  • ⁇ u d2 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2
  • ⁇ u q2 ⁇ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2
  • ⁇ u d2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2
  • ⁇ u q2max ⁇ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2
  • ⁇ u d3 ⁇ represents the direct-axis voltage of the booster
  • the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front-drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r2 of the rear-drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the assist motor M3, and the i of the front-drive motor M1 are input into the energy recovery control model.
  • the direct axis voltage u d1 and quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1, the direct axis voltage u d2 and quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 are taken as
  • the control variables are based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the actual braking power of the braking system (with the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution). ratio as the tracking target, and
  • the obtained electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, the current information of the front drive motor M1, and the current of the rear drive motor M2 can be combined.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the following steps S202a1 to 202a3 and steps 202b1 to 202b3 can all be implemented with reference to FIG. 3 .
  • the process 400 (as shown in FIG. 4 ) of controlling the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery can be implemented through the following steps S202a1 to S202a3.
  • Step S202a1 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, compare the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the assist motor M3, and the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), the current information of the booster motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ), the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a of the electric vehicle ref is input to the above-mentioned energy recovery control model (implemented by the ECU in Figure 1), and the voltage information of the motor is obtained by solving.
  • the above-mentioned energy recovery control model (implemented by the ECU in Figure 1)
  • the obtained voltage information of the motor includes the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 , the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 , and the booster motor M3 The direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 .
  • Step S202a2 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, determine the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 based on the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1, based on the direct axis voltage u d2 of the rear drive motor M2 and The quadrature axis voltage u q2 determines the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2, and determines the third torque T m3 output by the assist motor M3 based on the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assist motor M3.
  • the front drive motor M1 can also generate the first energy P M1 .
  • the rear drive motor M2 outputs the second torque T m2
  • the rear drive motor M3 can also generate the second energy P M1 .
  • the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 belong to drive motors, and the motors will generate energy (ie, the first energy P M1 and the second torque T m2 ) while outputting torque (ie, the first torque T m1 and the second torque T m2 ).
  • Two energy P M2 The booster motor M3 is coupled with the braking system, so the booster motor M3 only outputs torque (ie, the third torque T m3 ), and does not generate energy.
  • Step S202a3 Based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle, and store the energy generated by the motor into the power battery.
  • the feedback torque T mf of the front wheels is generated by the first transmission mechanism G(gear) 1 .
  • the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheels is generated through the second transmission mechanism G(gear) 2 .
  • the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 pushes the piston of the master cylinder MC (master cylinder) in the braking system B2 to build up pressure (that is, the output of the master cylinder MC).
  • Master cylinder oil pressure P c master cylinder oil pressure
  • the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC (front cylinder) in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel
  • the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake (rear cylinder) produces a rear wheel braking torque T hr .
  • the front wheel is controlled to brake by the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel
  • the rear wheel is controlled according to the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel. brake.
  • the above-mentioned first energy P M1 and second energy P M2 are stored in the power battery.
  • the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel are used to control the front wheel to brake, and the rear wheel is controlled to perform braking according to the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel.
  • Braking that is, controlling the electric vehicle EV (electric vehicle) in Figure 3 to brake.
  • the torque T f of the front wheel can be obtained by superimposing the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and then according to the torque T f of the front wheel and the radius of the front wheel (that is, the preceding The radius Re ) of the wheel obtains the braking force F f1 applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel, and then controls the front wheel to brake through the braking force F f applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel. It is also possible to superimpose the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel to obtain the torque T r of the rear wheel. Re ) obtains the braking force Fr1 applied by the rear wheel brake to the rear wheel, and then controls the rear wheel to brake through the braking force Fr applied to the rear wheel by the rear wheel brake.
  • the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front-drive motor M1 obtained through the energy recovery controller directly act on the front-drive motor M1, and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u of the rear-drive motor M2 q2 directly acts on the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assist motor M3 directly act on the assist motor M3, that is to say, the embodiment of the present application directly controls the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 And the booster motor M3, and then through the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the electric vehicle can only be braked, or the electric vehicle can be braked and the braking energy recovery can be enabled.
  • the lower-level controller including the braking control unit and the motor control unit
  • the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate, and only power assist Motor M3 rotates.
  • the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front drive motor M1 , the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), and the electrical angular velocity ⁇ of the rear drive motor M2 Both r2 are 0, and the current information (including i d3 and i q3 ) and the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the booster motor M3 are not 0.
  • the process 500 of controlling the electric vehicle to brake (only controlling the electric vehicle to brake, not controlling the electric vehicle to enable braking energy recovery) can be implemented through the following steps S202b1 to S202b3.
  • Step S202b1 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5, compare the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the assist motor M3, and the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), the current information of the booster motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ), the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a of the electric vehicle ref inputs the energy recovery control model and solves to obtain the voltage information of the motor.
  • the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the electrical angular velocity ⁇ of the front drive motor M1 r1 , the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ) and the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r2 of the rear drive motor M2 are all 0, and the current information of the assist motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ) and the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 not 0.
  • the direct-axis current i d3 , the quadrature-axis current i q3 and the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the booster motor M3 , the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle are input to the energy recovery control model.
  • the obtained voltage information of the motor includes the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 , the direct axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 , and the booster motor The direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of M3.
  • the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front drive motor M1 is all 0, so the direct-axis voltage u d1 and quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front-drive motor and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear-drive motor M2 are all 0, and the direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 is 0.
  • the voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 are not zero. Therefore, it can be considered that the voltage information of the motor obtained by the solution is only the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 .
  • Step S202b2 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , determine the third torque T m3 output by the assisting motor M3 according to the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the assisting motor M3.
  • the direct axis voltage u d1 of the front drive motor, the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor, the direct axis voltage u d2 of the rear drive motor M2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 are all 0, the power assist
  • the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the motor M3 are not 0, so the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 and the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2 are both 0.
  • the third moment T m3 is not zero.
  • Step S202b3 Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , based on the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 , the braking system of the electric vehicle is used to control the vehicle to brake.
  • the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 pushes the piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 to build up pressure (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
  • the front wheels are controlled to perform braking according to the braking torque T hf of the front wheels
  • the rear wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque T hr of the rear wheels.
  • the braking force F f2 applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel is obtained according to the braking torque T hf of the front wheel and the radius of the front wheel (ie, the radius Re of the wheel above), and then applied to the front wheel through the front wheel brake.
  • the braking force F f2 of the front wheel controls the braking of the front wheel.
  • the braking force F r2 applied by the rear wheel brake to the rear wheel can also be obtained according to the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel and the radius of the rear wheel (ie, the radius Re of the wheel above), and then applied to the rear wheel through the rear wheel brake.
  • the braking force F r2 controls the rear wheels to brake.
  • the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, the booster motor M3 and the ECU are powered by the power battery B1.
  • M1 and the rear drive motor M2 can generate energy, and the generated energy will be stored in the power battery B1.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the process 600 may be implemented through the following steps S601 to S604.
  • Step S601 Obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle.
  • the discharge experiment method the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural network method and other methods can be used to obtain the remaining power of the power battery. capacity. After that, according to the definition of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained.
  • Step S602 Acquire state information of the motor and state information of the electric vehicle.
  • the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1 the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, the current information of the front drive motor M1, the current information of the rear drive motor M2, and the current information of the assist motor M3.
  • the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle are obtained.
  • Step S603 Build an energy recovery control model based on the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle.
  • the process 700 of constructing an energy recovery control model may be constructed according to the following steps S703a to S703e.
  • Step S703a Determine the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system.
  • Step S703b Determine the state equation of the electric vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
  • Step S703c Determine the actual braking deceleration and wheel torque of the electric vehicle based on the state equation of the electric vehicle and the current information of the motor.
  • Step S703d Based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels, three objective functions in total, the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are determined.
  • the first objective function takes the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle as the target, and is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle.
  • the second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, and is determined based on the torque of the wheels.
  • the third objective function is to minimize the braking power of the braking system and is determined based on the torque of the wheels.
  • Step S703e Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
  • the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function, and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function may be set first; then the first weighting coefficient, The second weighting coefficient and the third weighting coefficient weight the three objective functions, and take the minimum value of the weighted function as the goal to obtain the objective function of the energy recovery control model.
  • the constraints of the energy recovery control model may include voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints.
  • step S703a the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation and the state equation of the braking system, the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor , the state equation of the electric vehicle, the three objective functions, the objective function of the energy recovery control model, the voltage constraint and the voltage increment constraint can all be expressed by formulas, and the corresponding formulas can be found in the previous introduction, which is not repeated in the embodiments of this application.
  • Step S604 Determine whether the state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is greater than the preset state of charge threshold (0.90 is taken as an example in the embodiment of this application). If the state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is greater than 0.90, follow steps S605a to S605a to S605c controls the electric vehicle to brake (that is, only controls the electric vehicle to brake, and does not control the electric vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery). The state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is less than or equal to 0.90, and the electric vehicle is controlled to perform braking and turn on braking energy recovery according to the following steps S605a' to S605c'.
  • steps S605a to S605c may be implemented through the following processes.
  • Step S605a Input the respective electrical angular velocities of the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the current information (direct axis current and quadrature axis current) of the three motors, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration step
  • the energy recovery control model constructed by 503 is solved to obtain the respective voltage information of the three motors (including the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage).
  • the electric vehicle since the electric vehicle only performs braking, the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate, and only the booster motor M3 rotates. Therefore, only the electrical angular velocity of the booster motor M3 and the booster motor M3 are equivalent to the input energy recovery control model.
  • the voltage information obtained by solving the energy recovery control model is only the direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the booster motor M3.
  • Step S605b Determine the third torque output by the assisting motor M3 based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the assisting motor M3.
  • Step 605c Based on the third torque output by the booster motor M3, control the electric vehicle to perform braking through the braking system of the electric vehicle.
  • steps 605a' to 605c' can be implemented through the following processes.
  • Step S605a' Input the respective electrical angular velocities of the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the current information (direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current) of the three motors, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration as input
  • the energy recovery control model constructed in step S503 obtains the respective voltage information (including the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage) of the three motors.
  • Step S605b' Determine the respective torques of the three motors and the energy generated by the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 according to the respective voltage information of the three motors.
  • Step S605c' Based on the torques output by the three motors (ie, the first torque, the second torque, and the third torque), the electric vehicle is controlled to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle, and the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor are braked.
  • the energy (ie, the first energy and the second energy) generated by the motor M2 is stored in the power battery.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the vehicle braking device 800 provided in this embodiment of the present application may include an acquisition module 801 and a control module 802.
  • the acquisition module 801 is used to acquire the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle;
  • the control module 802 is used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold;
  • the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, the electric vehicle is controlled to perform braking and braking energy recovery is enabled.
  • the vehicle braking device 800 shown in FIG. 8 can determine whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to brake while controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery through the state of charge SOC of the power battery, that is, according to the state of charge SOC, the electric vehicle can only be The control of braking, or the control of electric vehicle braking and opening of braking energy recovery, realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle and realize energy saving and emission reduction.
  • the electric vehicle when the electric vehicle needs to be braked, the electric vehicle can switch between only braking and braking and energy recovery at the same time, which can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle without affecting the braking of the electric vehicle. ability.
  • the vehicle braking device 800 may further include a determination module 803 for determining whether the acquired state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold.
  • the state of charge SOC of the power battery can be obtained according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as parameters such as internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current, etc. of the power battery).
  • the state of charge SOC please refer to the introduction in the preceding vehicle braking method, which is not repeated in this application.
  • state-of-charge threshold can be set according to the rated capacity of the power battery.
  • different state-of-charge thresholds can also be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
  • the above obtaining module 801 is further configured to: obtain the state information of the motors on the electric vehicle (that is, the three motors mentioned above) and the state information of the electric vehicle.
  • the state information of the three motors includes electrical angular velocities of the three motors and/or current information of the three motors.
  • the electrical angular velocities of the three motors include the respective electrical angular velocities of the three single machines mentioned above, and may also include the respective direct-axis currents and quadrature-axis currents of the three motors.
  • the state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
  • the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle can be obtained according to the brake pedal stroke collected by the stroke sensor and through the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle.
  • the vehicle braking device 800 further includes a modeling module 804 that can be used to construct an energy recovery control model.
  • the energy recovery control model may include objective functions and constraints.
  • the objective function may include a first objective function, a second objective function and a third objective function, and the constraints may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • the modeling module 804 constructs an energy recovery control model through the following steps S801a' to S801e'.
  • Step S801a' The modeling module determines the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system.
  • the electromagnetic torque equation, the mechanical equation and the state equation of the braking system can refer to the previous formulas.
  • the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors includes the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature current of the booster motor M3, the braking torque of the rear wheel and the torque of the booster motor M3
  • the relationship between the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2 For these four relationships, reference may be made to the foregoing formulas, which will not be described in detail in this application.
  • Step S801b' Determine the state equation of the vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
  • step S801b' the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors in step S801b' is the four relationships in step S801a'.
  • longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor can also refer to the previous formulas.
  • Step S801c' Determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels based on the state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor.
  • the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels can be
  • the direct-axis current and the quadrature-axis current of the three motors obtained by the obtaining module 701 are obtained by combining the state equation of the electric vehicle and the above four relationships.
  • Step S801d' According to the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheel, three objective functions in total, the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are obtained.
  • the first objective function is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, aiming at the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle.
  • the second objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheels, with the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meeting the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal.
  • the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, and is determined based on the torque of the wheels.
  • the above-mentioned first objective function is aimed at tracking the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, which can ensure the smoothness of the braking of the electric vehicle and improve the driving experience.
  • the above-mentioned second objective function expresses the difference between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio with the goal that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio satisfies the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio. The smaller the absolute value of the deviation, the better, that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of electric vehicle braking.
  • the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, which can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 are better. In the process of regenerative braking, the more energy is generated, the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
  • Step S801e' Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
  • the above-mentioned modeling module 804 may be based on a preset weighting coefficient (including the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function) , the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function and the 3rd weighting coefficient of the 3rd objective function) to the first objective function, the second objective function and the 3rd objective function are weighted, and take the function value after the weighting as the minimum target, The objective function of the energy recovery control model is obtained.
  • the modeling module takes the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking performance.
  • the smoothness and safety of the movement, and the maximum energy recovery is achieved.
  • the constraints of the energy recovery control model may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  • the control module 802 can combine the electrical angular velocities of the three motors obtained by the obtaining module 801 , the respective direct-axis and quadrature-axis currents of the three motors, and the electric vehicle
  • the vehicle speed and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle are used to control the electric vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery in the embodiment of the present application.
  • control module 802 implements braking and energy recovery of the electric vehicle at the same time according to the following steps S802a1 to S802a3.
  • Step S802a1 Referring to FIG. 3, the control module 802 compares the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the assist motor M3, the id1 and i q1 of the front drive motor M1, The id2 and i q2 of the rear drive motor M2, the id3 and i q3 of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle are input into the energy recovery control model, and the direct current of the front drive motor M1 is obtained by solving the The shaft voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 , the direct axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u
  • Step S802a2 Continuing to refer to FIG. 3, the control module 802 determines the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 based on u d1 and u q1 , and determines the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2 based on u d2 and u q2 , and based on u d2 and u q2. u d3 and u q3 determine the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3.
  • control module 802 In addition to determining T m1 , T m2 and T m3 by the control module 802 , the control module 802 also needs to determine the first energy P M1 generated in the process of the first torque T m1 output by the front-drive motor M1, and the rear-drive motor M2 is outputting the second energy P M1 . The second energy P M2 generated during the torque T m2 .
  • Step S802a3 Still referring to FIG. 3 , the control module 802 generates the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel through the first transmission mechanism G1 according to T m1 . At the same time, the control module 802 generates the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel through the second transmission mechanism G2 according to T m2 . The piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 is pushed through T m3 to build up the pressure (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ).
  • the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel
  • the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
  • control module 802 realizes the control of braking the front wheel by superimposing T mf and T hf , and the control module 802 realizes the control of braking the rear wheel by superimposing T mr and T hr .
  • the control module 802 stores the above-mentioned PM1 and PM2 into the power battery.
  • the above-mentioned control module 802 directly acts on u d1 and u q1 on the front drive motor M1, directly acts on u d2 and u q2 on the rear drive motor M2, and acts on u d3 and u q3 directly on the booster motor M3, that is to say, the vehicle system
  • the driving device 700 directly controls the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, and the booster motor M3, and then realizes the control that the electric vehicle only performs braking through the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, and the booster motor M3, or realizes that the electric vehicle performs braking and Control of braking energy recovery.
  • it Compared with the indirect braking scheme using the lower-level controller, it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the electric vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
  • control module 802 implements the braking of the electric vehicle according to the following steps S802b1 to S802b3.
  • Step S802b1 The control module 802 inputs the electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 of the booster motor M3, the direct-axis current id3 and quadrature-axis current i q3 of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle into energy
  • the recovery control model is solved, and the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 are obtained. .
  • Step S802b2 The control module 802 determines the third torque T m3 output by the assisting motor M3 according to u d3 and u q3 .
  • Step S802b3 Based on T m3 , the control module 802 controls the electric vehicle to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle.
  • the piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 is pushed to build up pressure through T m3 (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
  • the front wheels are controlled for braking according to Thf
  • the rear wheels are controlled for braking based on Th .
  • step S802b1 since the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate and the booster motor M3 rotates only during the braking process, it can be considered that only the direct-axis current of the booster motor M3 is input to the energy recovery control model in step S802b1.
  • i d3 quadrature axis current i q3 and electrical angular velocity ⁇ r3 , vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle.
  • the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 obtained by the solution in step S802b1 are all 0, and the direct-axis voltage of the assist motor M3 is 0.
  • the voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 are not zero. Therefore, it can be considered that the voltage information of the motor obtained by the solution is only the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 .
  • the vehicle braking device 1100 may include a collection module 1101 and a braking system 1102 , and the collection module 1101 is coupled to the braking system 1102 .
  • the acquisition module 1101 is used to acquire the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle.
  • the braking system 1102 is used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold; and is also used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold And turn on the braking energy recovery.
  • the vehicle braking device 1100 further includes an energy recovery controller 1103 .
  • the energy recovery controller 1103 is coupled to the harvesting module 1101 and the braking system 1102 .
  • the acquisition module 1101 is further used for: acquiring the state information of the motor on the electric vehicle and the state information of the electric vehicle; the energy recovery controller 1103 is used for: determining the voltage of the motor according to the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle.
  • the braking system 1102 is also used to: control the electric vehicle to perform braking according to the voltage of the motor, or control the electric vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery.
  • the acquisition module 1101 may include at least one sensor. In the embodiment of the present application, multiple sensors are provided.
  • the acquisition module 1101 may be provided with a current sensor.
  • the current sensor is used to collect the three-phase currents of the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 (the three-phase current is subjected to coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation), and the respective direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current of the three motors can be obtained. ). It should be noted that the three-phase currents of the three motors can be collected through one current sensor, and the three-phase currents of the three motors can also be collected through three sensors respectively.
  • the collection module 1101 may be provided with a vehicle speed sensor.
  • the vehicle speed sensor is used to collect the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle.
  • the collection module 1101 may be provided with a travel sensor.
  • the travel sensor is used to collect the travel of the brake pedal (the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle can be obtained through the travel of the brake pedal and the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, and the electronic device may include at least one processor and a memory. At least one processor can call all or part of the computer program in the memory to control and manage the actions of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100, for example, can be used to support the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 to execute The steps performed by each of the above modules.
  • the memory may be used to support the execution of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 in the above-described embodiments to store one or more stored program codes, data, and the like.
  • the processor may implement or execute various exemplary logic modules described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application, which may be a combination of one or more microprocessors that realize computing functions, such as including but not limited to a central processing unit and a controller, etc. .
  • the processor may also include other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, or the like.
  • the memory may include random access memory (RAM), read only memory ROM, and the like.
  • the random access memory may include volatile memory (such as SRAM, DRAM, DDR (Double Data Rate SDRAM, Double Data Rate SDRAM) or SDRAM, etc.) and non-volatile memory.
  • Data (such as the state of charge SOC of the power battery, etc.) and parameters required for the operation of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 and parameters generated by the operation of the vehicle braking device 700 or the vehicle braking device 1100 can be stored in the RAM. Intermediate data, output results of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 after operation, and the like.
  • the read-only memory ROM may store an executable program of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 . Each of the above components can perform their own work by loading an executable program.
  • the executable program stored in the memory may execute the vehicle braking method as shown in FIGS. 2 , 4 , 5 and 6 .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on a computer, it is used to execute and implement the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the vehicle braking method of the vehicle braking device 800 in the above, or the vehicle braking method of the vehicle braking device 1100 in the above-mentioned embodiment is implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, and the computer program product contains instructions, when the instructions are executed on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is made to implement the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

A vehicle braking method and apparatus (800; 1100), and an electronic device. The method comprises: acquiring a state of charge (SOC) of a traction battery (B1) on a vehicle; if the SOC is greater than a preset SOC threshold value, controlling the vehicle to perform braking; and if the SOC is less than or equal to the SOC threshold value, controlling the vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery. According to a state of charge (SOC) of a traction battery (B1) on a vehicle, whether to control the vehicle to only perform braking, or to control the vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery can be determined.

Description

车辆制动方法、装置和电子设备Vehicle braking method, device and electronic device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及车辆技术领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种车辆制动方法、装置和电子设备。The present application relates to the technical field of vehicles, and more particularly, to a vehicle braking method, device and electronic device.
背景技术Background technique
随着社会的发展,车辆(如汽车)得到了广泛的应用。又伴随着人类环保理念的提升,新能源汽车(如纯电动汽车或混合动力汽车)已经呈现出主流发展趋势。而由于新能源汽车上动力电池的最大容量有限,导致新能源汽车的续航能力难以提升。因此,如何提高新能源汽车的续航能力成了重点关注的问题。With the development of society, vehicles (such as automobiles) have been widely used. With the improvement of human environmental protection concept, new energy vehicles (such as pure electric vehicles or hybrid vehicles) have shown a mainstream development trend. However, due to the limited maximum capacity of power batteries on new energy vehicles, it is difficult to improve the battery life of new energy vehicles. Therefore, how to improve the battery life of new energy vehicles has become a key concern.
新能源汽车在制动过程中,驱动电机可以作为电动机进行发电,也就是驱动电机能够将动能(即制动力)转换为能量存储至新能源汽车上的动力电池中,这样可以有效提高新能源汽车的续航能力。因此,控制新能源汽车进行制动的同时,开启制动能量回收成为电动汽车的关键技术之一。During the braking process of new energy vehicles, the drive motor can be used as a motor to generate electricity, that is, the drive motor can convert kinetic energy (that is, braking force) into energy and store it in the power battery on the new energy vehicle, which can effectively improve new energy vehicles. of endurance. Therefore, while controlling the braking of new energy vehicles, turning on braking energy recovery has become one of the key technologies of electric vehicles.
但是,目前缺少一种能够根据新能源汽车的某个状态节点控制新能源汽车仅进行制动或者同时控制新能源汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收的方案。However, there is currently a lack of a solution that can control the new energy vehicle to only brake according to a certain state node of the new energy vehicle, or simultaneously control the new energy vehicle to brake and enable braking energy recovery.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种车辆制动方法、装置和电子设备,能够根据车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC(state of charge)这一状态节点仅控制车辆进行制动,或者控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。The present application provides a vehicle braking method, device and electronic device, which can only control the vehicle to brake, or control the vehicle to brake and turn on the vehicle according to the state of charge SOC (state of charge) of the power battery on the vehicle. Braking energy recovery.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种车辆制动方法,包括:获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;若荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值,控制车辆进行制动;若荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值,控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收(此处的制动能量为下文的电机根据制动系统的制动过程产生的能量,包括第一电机产生的第一能量和/或第二电机产生的第二能量)。In a first aspect, the present application provides a vehicle braking method, including: acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; if the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold, controlling the vehicle to brake; The electrical state SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery (the braking energy here is the energy generated by the following motor according to the braking process of the braking system, including the energy generated by the first motor. the first energy and/or the second energy produced by the second motor).
可以理解的,动力电池的荷电状态SOC表示动力电池在恒定的放电电流下,剩余容量与相同条件下额定容量的比值,常用百分数表示。It can be understood that the state of charge SOC of the power battery represents the ratio of the remaining capacity of the power battery to the rated capacity under the same conditions under a constant discharge current, and is usually expressed as a percentage.
在一示例中,可以根据动力电池的外特性(如动力电池的内阻、开路电压、温度、电流等参数),采用放电实验法、开路电压法、安时积分法、卡尔曼滤波法、神经网络法等 方法得到动力电池的剩余容量。进而根据动力电池的剩余容量和荷电状态SOC的定义得到动力电池的荷电状态SOC。In an example, according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as the internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current and other parameters of the power battery), the discharge experiment method, the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural The remaining capacity of the power battery is obtained by methods such as the network method. Further, according to the definition of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained.
可选地,可以根据动力电池的额定容量设置荷电状态阈值。还可以根据动力电池的使用时间,设置荷电状态阈值。Optionally, the state-of-charge threshold may be set according to the rated capacity of the power battery. The state of charge threshold can also be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
本申请提供的车辆制动方法在车辆需要进行制动时,结合获取的动力电池的荷电状态SOC确定是否需要在控制车辆进行制动的同时控制车辆开启制动能量回收,实现了能量的控制和再利用,而且回收的能量能够有效增加车辆(如电动汽车)的续航能力,实现节能减排。When the vehicle needs to be braked, the vehicle braking method provided by the present application determines whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery while controlling the vehicle to perform the braking in combination with the obtained state of charge SOC of the power battery, so as to realize the energy control and reuse, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of vehicles (such as electric vehicles) and achieve energy conservation and emission reduction.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,在获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC之后,本申请提供的车辆制动方法还包括:获取车辆上电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, after acquiring the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle, the vehicle braking method provided by the present application further includes: acquiring the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle .
进一步地,电机的状态信息包括电机的电角速度和/或电机的电流信息。Further, the state information of the motor includes electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or current information of the motor.
例如,电机的电角速度是通过电机的角速度和电机的磁极对数得到的。其中,电机的角速度可以通过设置于电机上的转角传感器采集。For example, the electrical angular velocity of a motor is obtained from the angular velocity of the motor and the number of pole pairs of the motor. Wherein, the angular velocity of the motor can be collected by a rotation angle sensor arranged on the motor.
又例如,电机的电流信息是将电机的三相电流进行坐标变换得到的。其中,电机的三相电流可以通过电流传感器采集。For another example, the current information of the motor is obtained by coordinate transformation of the three-phase current of the motor. Among them, the three-phase current of the motor can be collected by the current sensor.
更进一步地,车辆的状态信息包括车辆的车速和/或参考制动减速度。Further, the state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
例如,车辆的车速可以通过设置于车辆上的车速传感器采集。For example, the vehicle speed can be collected by a vehicle speed sensor provided on the vehicle.
又例如,参考制动减速度是基于制动踏板行程和车辆纵向动力学方程得到的。其中,制动踏板行程可以通过行程传感器采集。As another example, the reference brake deceleration is derived based on the brake pedal travel and the vehicle longitudinal dynamics equation. Wherein, the stroke of the brake pedal can be collected by a stroke sensor.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收,包括:将电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到电机的电压信息;基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩和电机产生的能量(即上文的制动能量);基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动,并将电机产生的能量存储至动力电池中。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, controlling the vehicle to brake and enabling braking energy recovery includes: inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the motor Based on the voltage information of the motor, determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor (that is, the braking energy above); The generated energy is stored in the power battery.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,控制车辆进行制动(即仅控制车辆进行制动,不控制车辆开启制动能量回收),包括:将电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到电机的电压信息;基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩;基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, controlling the vehicle to brake (that is, only controlling the vehicle to brake, and not controlling the vehicle to enable braking energy recovery) includes: combining the state information of the motor with the state information of the vehicle Input the pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve the voltage information of the motor; determine the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the vehicle's braking system.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,在获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC之后,本申请提供的车辆制动方法还包括通过以下过程构建能量回收控制模型:基于电机的电磁力矩方程、电机的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程确定车辆上车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系;基于车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系、车辆的纵向动力学方 程和电机的电压方程确定车辆的状态方程;基于车辆的状态方程和电机的电流信息确定车辆的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩;基于车辆的实际制动减速度确定能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数,并基于车轮的力矩确定能量回收控制模型的第二目标函数和第三目标函数,第一目标函数以车辆能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,第二目标函数以车辆上前轮的制动器的制动力和后轮的制动器的制动力的分配比满足预设的分配比为目标,第三目标函数以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标;基于第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定能量回收控制模型的约束条件。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, after acquiring the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle, the vehicle braking method provided by the present application further includes constructing an energy recovery control model through the following process: The torque equation, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system determine the relationship between the torque of the wheels on the vehicle and the current information of the motor; based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor to determine the state equation of the vehicle; based on the state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor to determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels; based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle to determine the first energy recovery control model The objective function is to determine the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the torque of the wheels. The distribution ratio of the braking force of the brake and the braking force of the brake of the rear wheel meets the preset distribution ratio as the goal, and the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal; based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,电机包括第一电机、第二电机和第三电机中的至少一项;车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系满足下式:Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the motor includes at least one of a first motor, a second motor, and a third motor; the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor satisfies the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000004
式中,T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,r 1表示制动系统中制动主缸的活塞直径,r 2表示前轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,r 3表示后轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,μ f表示前轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,μ r表示后轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,N P1表示第一电机的磁极对数,N P2表示第二电机的磁极对数,N P3表示第三电机的磁极对数,ψ f1表示第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示第三电机的转子磁链,i q1表示第一电机的交轴电流,i q2表示第二电机的交轴电流,i q3表示第三电机的交轴电流,η 1表示第三电机到制动主缸的活塞推杆之间的传动系数,n f表示第一电机到前轮的传动系数,n r表示第二电机到后轮的传动系数。 In the formula, T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel, and r 1 is the braking torque in the braking system. The piston diameter of the master cylinder, r2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the front wheel brake, r3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the rear wheel brake, and μf represents the front wheel brake in the brake disc. Friction coefficient, μr is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re is the radius of the front/rear wheel, N P1 is the number of pole pairs of the first motor, N P2 is the number of pole pairs of the second motor , N P3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, and i q1 represents the first motor flux linkage The quadrature axis current of the motor, i q2 is the quadrature axis current of the second motor, i q3 is the quadrature axis current of the third motor, η 1 is the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder, n f represents the transmission coefficient from the first motor to the front wheels, and n r represents the transmission coefficient from the second motor to the rear wheels.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的车辆的状态方程为:Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the state equation of the above vehicle is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000005
式中,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000006
表示第一电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000007
表示第一电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000008
表示第二电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000009
表示第二电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000010
表示第三电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000011
表示第三电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,a表示车辆的制动减速度,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000012
表示车速的一阶微分,i d1表示第一电机的直轴电流,i q1表示第一电机的交轴电流,i d2表示第二电机的直轴电流,i q2表示第二电机的交轴电流,i d3表示第三电机的直轴电流,i q3表示第三电机的交轴电流,R s1表示第一电机的内阻,R s2表示第二电机的内阻,R s3表示第三电机的内阻,L d1表示第一电机的直轴电感,L q1表示第一电机的交轴电感,L d2表示第二电机的直轴电感,L q2表示第二电机的交轴电感,L d3表示第三电机的直轴电感,L q3表示第三电机的交轴电感,ω r1表示第一电机的电角速度,ω r2表示第二电机的电角速度,ω r3表示第三电机的电角速度,u d1表示第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示第三电机的交轴电压,ψ f1表示第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示第三电机的转子磁链,T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,m veh表示车辆的质量,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,F air表示车辆的空气阻力,F roll表示车辆的滚动阻力。
In the formula,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000006
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the first motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000007
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the first motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000008
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the second motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000009
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the second motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000010
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the third motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000011
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the third motor, a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000012
Represents the first-order differential of the vehicle speed, i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor, i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor, id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor, and i q2 represents the quadrature-axis current of the second motor , i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the third motor, i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the third motor, R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor, R s2 represents the internal resistance of the second motor, and R s3 represents the third motor’s internal resistance Internal resistance, L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the first motor, L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the first motor, L d2 represents the direct axis inductance of the second motor, L q2 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the second motor, L d3 represents the The direct-axis inductance of the third motor, L q3 represents the quadrature-axis inductance of the third motor, ω r1 represents the electrical angular velocity of the first motor, ω r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the second motor, ω r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and u d3 represents the third motor Direct axis voltage, u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, T hf Represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, m veh represents the mass of the vehicle, and Re represents the front wheel/rear wheel The radius of the wheel, F air represents the air resistance of the vehicle, and F roll represents the rolling resistance of the vehicle.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的第一目标函数为:Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first objective function is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000013
式中,J 1表示第一目标函数的函数值,a(k+i)表示车辆在第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度,a ref(k+i)表示车辆在第k+i时刻的参考制动减速度,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function, a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+ith time, and a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle at the k+ith time The reference braking deceleration, P represents the total number of steps.
第一目标函数中的a(k+i)-a ref(k+i)表示车辆第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度与参 考制动减速度之间的偏差(偏差可以为正值,也可以为负值)。以车辆的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标表示车辆的实际制动减速度与参考制动减速度之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样能够保证车辆制动的平顺性,提高驾驶体验。 a(k+i)-a ref (k+i) in the first objective function represents the deviation between the actual braking deceleration and the reference braking deceleration at the k+i-th moment of the vehicle (the deviation can be a positive value, can also be negative). Taking the vehicle's ability to track the reference braking deceleration as the goal means that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking deceleration and the reference braking deceleration of the vehicle is as small as possible, which can ensure the smoothness of the vehicle's braking and improve the driving experience. .
基于第一方面,在另一种可能的实现方式中,上述的第二目标函数为:Based on the first aspect, in another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned second objective function is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000014
式中,J 2表示第二目标函数的函数值,T mf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T mr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,R e表示车轮的半径,C F表示预设的分配比,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function, T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, and T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time. , T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time, T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time, and Re represents the wheel The radius of , CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps.
可以理解的,第二目标函数以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标,希望实际的前后轮制动力分配比与理想的前后轮制动力分配比之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,也就是尽可能使实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足ECE法规要求,保证车辆制动的安全性。It can be understood that the second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, and it is hoped that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio The deviation between the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is The smaller the absolute value of , the better, that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of vehicle braking.
基于第一方面,在再一种可能的实现方式中,上述的第三目标函数为:Based on the first aspect, in yet another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned third objective function is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000015
式中,J 3表示第三目标函数的函数值,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,ω f(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,ω r(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,P target表示制动系统的目标制动功率,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function, T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, and T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+i th time. The braking torque at the moment, ω f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment, ω r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment, and P target represents the braking system The target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
上述第三目标函数中的T hf(k+i)ω f(k+i)+T hr(k+i)ω r(k+i)表示制动系统的实际制动功率,T hf(k+i)ω f(k+i)+T hr(k+i)ω r(k+i)-P target表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间的偏差(偏差可以为正值,也可以为负值)。以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标可以表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2在回馈制动的过程中产生的能量就会越多,进而可以实现最大能量的回收。 T hf (k+i)ω f (k+i)+T hr (k+i)ω r (k+i) in the third objective function above represents the actual braking power of the braking system, T hf (k +i)ω f (k+i)+T hr (k+i)ω r (k+i)-P target represents the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power (the deviation can be positive, or can be negative). Taking the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are generated during the regenerative braking process. The energy will be more, and then the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,基于第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,包括:基于预设的加权系数对第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,加权系数包括第一目标函数的第一加权系数、第二目标函数的第二 加权系数和第三目标函数的第三加权系数。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, determining the objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the first objective function, the second objective function, and the third objective function includes: assigning the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function are weighted, and the objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined with the minimum value of the weighted function as the objective, and the weighting coefficient includes the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second objective The second weighting coefficient of the function and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
上述能量回收控制模型的目标函数以车辆的参考制动减速度和理想的前后轮制动力分配比为跟踪目标,并以制动系统输出的实际制动功率为0作为优化目标,不仅提高了制动的平顺性和安全性,且实现了能量的最大回收。The objective function of the above energy recovery control model takes the vehicle's reference braking deceleration and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking performance. The smoothness and safety of the movement are realized, and the maximum energy recovery is realized.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,能量回收控制模型的约束条件包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the constraints of the energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述电压约束为:Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above voltage constraints are:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000016
式中,u min1表示第一电机的电压最小值,u max1表示第一电机的电压最大值,u min2表示第二电机的电压最小值,u max3表示第二电机的电压最大值,u min3表示第三电机的电压最小值,u max3表示第三电机的电压最大值,u d1表示第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示第三电机的交轴电压; In the formula, u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor, u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor, u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the second motor, u min3 represents The minimum voltage of the third motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, and u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor voltage, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor, and u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor;
电压增量约束为:The voltage increment constraint is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000017
式中,‖Δu d1‖表示第一电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q1‖表示第一电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d1max‖表示第一电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q1max‖表示第一电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d2‖表示第二电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q2‖表示第二电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d2max‖表示第二电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q2max‖表示第二电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d3‖表示第三电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q3‖表示第三电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d3max‖表示第三电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q3max‖表示第三电机的交轴电压增量最大值。 In the formula, ‖Δu d1 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1max ‖ represents the maximum value of quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d2 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d3 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu d3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, and ‖Δu q3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor.
在确定了能量回收控制模型的基础上,可以结合获取的电机的电角速度、电机的电流信息、车辆的车速以及车辆的参考制动减速度,实现控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Based on the determination of the energy recovery control model, the obtained electrical angular velocity of the motor, the current information of the motor, the speed of the vehicle and the reference braking deceleration of the vehicle can be combined to control the vehicle to brake and enable braking energy recovery.
于是,基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩和电机产生的能量,包括:基于第一电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第一电机输出的第一力矩,基于第二电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第二电机输出的第二力矩,并基于 第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第三电机输出的第三力矩;基于第一电机输出的第一力矩确定第一电机产生的第一能量,基于第二电机输出的第二力矩确定第二电机产生的第二能量。Therefore, based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, determining the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor includes: determining the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor For the output first torque, the second torque output by the second motor is determined based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and the third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor. ; determining the first energy generated by the first motor based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determining the second energy generated by the second motor based on the second torque output by the second motor.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动,并将电机产生的能量存储至动力电池中,包括:基于第一电机输出的第一力矩确定前轮的回馈力矩,并基于第二电机输出的第二力矩确定后轮的回馈力矩;基于第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过制动主缸、前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定前轮的制动力矩和后轮的制动力矩;基于前轮的回馈力矩和前轮的制动力矩控制前轮进行制动,并基于后轮的回馈力矩和后轮的制动力矩控制后轮进行制动;将第一电机产生的第一能量和第二电机产生的第二能量存储至动力电池中。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, based on the torque output by the motor, the vehicle is controlled to brake through the braking system of the vehicle, and the energy generated by the motor is stored in the power battery, including: based on the first motor The output first torque determines the feedback torque of the front wheel, and the feedback torque of the rear wheel is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor; Brake wheel cylinder and rear wheel brake The brake wheel cylinder determines the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; based on the feedback torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the front wheel, the front wheel is controlled to perform braking, and The rear wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the braking torque of the rear wheels; the first energy generated by the first motor and the second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
上述同时进行制动和能量回收的过程中,将能量回收控制模型输出的电机的直轴电压和交轴电压直接作用于电机,进而通过电机实现车辆制动和制动能量回收。与采用下层控制器(包括制动控制单元和电机控制单元)间接制动的方案相比,不仅减少了控制环节,缩短了车辆的制动时间,且降低了控制成本。In the above process of simultaneous braking and energy recovery, the direct-axis voltage and quadrature-axis voltage of the motor output by the energy recovery control model are directly applied to the motor, and then the vehicle braking and braking energy recovery are realized through the motor. Compared with the indirect braking scheme using the lower-level controller (including the braking control unit and the motor control unit), it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩,包括:基于第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第三电机输出的第三力矩。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, determining the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor includes: determining the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct axis voltage and the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动,包括:基于第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过制动主缸、前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定前轮的制动力矩和后轮的制动力矩;基于前轮的制动力矩控制前轮进行制动,并基于后轮的制动力矩控制后轮进行制动。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, based on the torque output by the motor, controlling the vehicle to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle includes: based on the third torque output by the third motor, using the brake master cylinder, The brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the front wheel and the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the rear wheel determine the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; control the front wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the front wheel, and based on the braking torque of the front wheel The braking torque of the rear wheels controls the braking of the rear wheels.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述车辆为电动车辆。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned vehicle is an electric vehicle.
基于第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述电动车辆为电动汽车。Based on the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种车辆制动装置,包括:获取模块,用于获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;控制模块,用于在荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,控制车辆进行制动;还用于在荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值时,控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收(此处的制动能量为电机根据制动系统的制动过程产生的能量,包括第一电机产生的第一能量和/或第二电机产生的第二能量)。In a second aspect, the present application provides a vehicle braking device, including: an acquisition module for acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; a control module for when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge When the threshold is reached, the vehicle is controlled to brake; it is also used to control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold (the braking energy here is the motor according to the braking system. The energy generated during the braking process includes the first energy generated by the first motor and/or the second energy generated by the second motor).
上述第二方面提供的车辆制动装置能够通过动力电池的荷电状态SOC确定是否需要在控制车辆进行制动的同时控制车辆开启制动能量回收,也就是根据荷电状态SOC实现了车辆仅进行制动的控制,或者实现车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收的控制,实现了能量的控制和再利用,而且回收的能量能够有效增加车辆的续航能力,实现节能减排。另外,在需要控制车辆进行制动时,能够实现控制车辆在仅进行制动与控制车辆进行制动且开启 制动能量回收之间切换,在不影响车辆制动的前提下,可以有效增加车辆的续航能力。The vehicle braking device provided by the second aspect above can determine whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to brake while controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery through the state of charge SOC of the power battery, that is, according to the state of charge SOC, the vehicle can only perform braking. The control of braking, or the control of braking the vehicle and turning on the braking energy recovery, realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the vehicle and achieve energy saving and emission reduction. In addition, when it is necessary to control the vehicle to brake, it is possible to switch between controlling the vehicle to brake only and to control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery, which can effectively increase the number of vehicles without affecting the braking of the vehicle. of endurance.
可选地,上述第二方面提供的车辆制动装置可以包括判断模块,该判断模块用于判断获取的荷电状态SOC是否大于预设的荷电状态阈值。Optionally, the vehicle braking device provided in the second aspect above may include a judgment module configured to judge whether the acquired state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,获取模块还用于:获取车辆上电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息;电机的状态信息包括电机的电角速度和/或电机的电流信息;车辆的状态信息包括车辆的车速和/或参考制动减速度。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the obtaining module is further configured to: obtain the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle; the state information of the motor includes the electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or the current information of the motor; The state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
需要说明的是,获取模块获取的电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息用于后文中建模模块构建能量回收控制模型。It should be noted that the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle acquired by the acquisition module are used in the following modeling module to construct an energy recovery control model.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,控制模块用于:将电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到电机的电压信息;基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩和电机产生的能量;基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动,并将电机产生的能量(即制动能量)存储至动力电池中。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the control module is used to: input the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve to obtain the voltage information of the motor; based on the voltage information of the motor Determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the vehicle's braking system, and store the energy generated by the motor (ie, braking energy) into the power battery.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,控制模块用于:将电机的状态信息和车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到电机的电压信息;基于电机的电压信息确定电机输出的力矩;基于电机输出的力矩,通过车辆的制动系统控制车辆进行制动。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the control module is used to: input the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solve to obtain the voltage information of the motor; based on the voltage information of the motor Determine the torque output by the motor; based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the braking system of the vehicle.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请提供的车辆制动装置还包括建模模块,建模模块用于:基于电机的电磁力矩方程、电机的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程确定车辆上车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系;基于车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系、车辆的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程确定车辆的状态方程;基于车辆的状态方程和电机的电流信息确定车辆的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩;基于车辆的实际制动减速度确定能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数,并基于车轮的力矩确定能量回收控制模型的第二目标函数和第三目标函数,第一目标函数以车辆能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,第二目标函数以车辆上前轮的制动器的制动力和后轮的制动器的制动力的分配比满足预设的分配比为目标,第三目标函数以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标;基于第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定能量回收控制模型的约束条件。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the vehicle braking device provided by the present application further includes a modeling module, where the modeling module is used for: based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the braking system The state equation determines the relationship between the torque of the wheel on the vehicle and the current information of the motor; the state equation of the vehicle is determined based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor; The state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels; determine the first objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle, and determine the energy recovery control based on the torque of the wheels The second objective function and the third objective function of the model, the first objective function takes the vehicle to be able to track the reference braking deceleration as the target, and the second objective function takes the braking force of the front wheel brake and the braking force of the rear wheel brake on the vehicle. The distribution ratio of the system satisfies the preset distribution ratio as the goal, and the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal; based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function Determine the objective of the energy recovery control model function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
电机包括第一电机、第二电机和第三电机中的至少一项。The motor includes at least one of a first motor, a second motor, and a third motor.
车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系满足下式:The relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor satisfies the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000021
式中,T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,r 1表示制动系统中制动主缸的活塞直径,r 2表示前轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,r 3表示后轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,μ f表示前轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,μ r表示后轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,N P1表示第一电机的磁极对数,N P2表示第二电机的磁极对数,N P3表示第三电机的磁极对数,ψ f1表示第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示第三电机的转子磁链,i q1表示第一电机的交轴电流,i q2表示第二电机的交轴电流,i q3表示第三电机的交轴电流,η 1表示第三电机到制动主缸的活塞推杆之间的传动系数,n f表示第一电机到前轮的传动系数,n r表示第二电机到后轮的传动系数。 In the formula, T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel, and r 1 is the braking torque in the braking system. The piston diameter of the master cylinder, r2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the front wheel brake, r3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the rear wheel brake, and μf represents the front wheel brake in the brake disc. Friction coefficient, μr is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re is the radius of the front/rear wheel, N P1 is the number of pole pairs of the first motor, N P2 is the number of pole pairs of the second motor , N P3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, and i q1 represents the first motor flux linkage The quadrature axis current of the motor, i q2 is the quadrature axis current of the second motor, i q3 is the quadrature axis current of the third motor, η 1 is the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder, n f represents the transmission coefficient from the first motor to the front wheels, and n r represents the transmission coefficient from the second motor to the rear wheels.
车辆的状态方程为:The state equation of the vehicle is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000022
式中,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000023
表示第一电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000024
表示第一电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000025
表示第二电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000026
表示第二电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000027
表示第三电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000028
表示第三电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,a表示车辆的制动减速度,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000029
表示车速的一阶微分,i d1表示第一电机的直轴电流,i q1表示第一电机的交轴电流,i d2表示第二电机的直轴电流,i q2表示第二电机的交轴电流,i d3表示第三电机的直轴电流,i q3表示第三电机的交轴电流,R s1表示第一电机的内阻,R s2表示第二电 机的内阻,R s3表示第三电机的内阻,L d1表示第一电机的直轴电感,L q1表示第一电机的交轴电感,L d2表示第二电机的直轴电感,L q2表示第二电机的交轴电感,L d3表示第三电机的直轴电感,L q3表示第三电机的交轴电感,ω r1表示第一电机的电角速度,ω r2表示第二电机的电角速度,ω r3表示第三电机的电角速度,u d1表示第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示第三电机的交轴电压,ψ f1表示第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示第三电机的转子磁链,T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,m veh表示车辆的质量,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,F air表示车辆的空气阻力,F roll表示车辆的滚动阻力。
In the formula,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000023
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the first motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000024
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the first motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000025
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the second motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000026
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the second motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000027
represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the third motor,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000028
represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the third motor, a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000029
Represents the first-order differential of the vehicle speed, i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor, i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor, id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor, and i q2 represents the quadrature-axis current of the second motor , i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the third motor, i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the third motor, R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor, R s2 represents the internal resistance of the second motor, and R s3 represents the third motor’s internal resistance Internal resistance, L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the first motor, L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the first motor, L d2 represents the direct axis inductance of the second motor, L q2 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the second motor, L d3 represents the The direct-axis inductance of the third motor, L q3 represents the quadrature-axis inductance of the third motor, ω r1 represents the electrical angular velocity of the first motor, ω r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the second motor, ω r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and u d3 represents the third motor Direct axis voltage, u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, T hf Represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, m veh represents the mass of the vehicle, and Re represents the front wheel/rear wheel The radius of the wheel, F air represents the air resistance of the vehicle, and F roll represents the rolling resistance of the vehicle.
上述的第一目标函数为:The first objective function above is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000030
式中,J 1表示第一目标函数的函数值,a(k+i)表示车辆在第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度,a ref(k+i)表示车辆在第k+i时刻的参考制动减速度,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function, a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+ith time, and a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle at the k+ith time The reference braking deceleration, P represents the total number of steps.
第一目标函数是以车辆的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,能够保证车辆制动的平顺性,提高驾驶体验。The first objective function is based on the vehicle's ability to track the reference braking deceleration, which can ensure the smoothness of the vehicle's braking and improve the driving experience.
上述的第二目标函数为:The second objective function above is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000031
式中,J 2表示第二目标函数的函数值,T mf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T mr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,R e表示车轮的半径,C F表示预设的分配比,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function, T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, and T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time. , T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time, T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time, and Re represents the wheel The radius of , CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps.
第二目标函数以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标表示实际的前后轮制动力分配比与理想的前后轮制动力分配比之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,也就是尽可能使实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足ECE法规要求,保证车辆制动的安全性。The second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, indicating that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is smaller. The better, that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of vehicle braking.
上述的第三目标函数为:The third objective function above is:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000032
式中,J 3表示第三目标函数的函数值,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩, T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,ω f(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,ω r(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,P target表示制动系统的目标制动功率,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function, T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+ith moment, and Th hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith time. The braking torque at the moment, ω f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment, ω r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment, and P target represents the braking system The target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
第三目标函数以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标可以表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2在回馈制动的过程中产生的能量就会越多,进而可以实现最大能量回收。The third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, which can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are in the regenerative braking The more energy is generated in the process, the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
上述能量回收控制模型的约束条件包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。The constraints of the above energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
上述的电压约束为:The above voltage constraints are:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000033
式中,u min1表示第一电机的电压最小值,u max1表示第一电机的电压最大值,u min2表示第二电机的电压最小值,u max3表示第二电机的电压最大值,u min3表示第三电机的电压最小值,u max3表示第三电机的电压最大值,u d1表示第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示第三电机的交轴电压; In the formula, u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor, u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor, u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the second motor, u min3 represents The minimum voltage of the third motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, and u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor voltage, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor, and u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor;
上述的电压增量约束为:The above voltage increment constraints are:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000034
式中,‖Δu d1‖表示第一电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q1‖表示第一电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d1max‖表示第一电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q1max‖表示第一电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d2‖表示第二电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q2‖表示第二电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d2max‖表示第二电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q2max‖表示第二电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d3‖表示第三电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q3‖表示第三电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d3max‖表示第三电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q3max‖表示第三电机的交轴电压增量最大值。 In the formula, ‖Δu d1 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1max ‖ represents the maximum value of quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d2 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d3 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu d3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, and ‖Δu q3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的建模模块用于:基于预设的加权系数对第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,加权系数包括第一目标函数的第一加权系数、第二目标函数的第二加权系数和第三目标函数的第三加权系数。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned modeling module is used to: weight the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function based on a preset weighting coefficient, and use the weighted The minimum function value is the target, and the objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined. The weighting coefficient includes the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
建模模块以车辆的参考制动减速度和理想的前后轮制动力分配比为跟踪目标,并以制 动系统输出的实际制动功率为0作为优化目标,不仅提高了制动的平顺性和安全性,且实现了最大能量回收。一种可能的实现方式中,上述的控制模块用于:基于第一电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第一电机输出的第一力矩,基于第二电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第二电机输出的第二力矩,并基于第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第三电机输出的第三力矩;基于第一电机输出的第一力矩确定第一电机产生的第一能量,基于第二电机输出的第二力矩确定第二电机产生的第二能量。The modeling module takes the vehicle's reference braking deceleration and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking smoothness and stability. Safety and maximum energy recovery. In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned control module is used to: determine the first torque output by the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor, and determine the first torque output by the first motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the second motor. the second torque output by the second motor, and the third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor; the first energy generated by the first motor is determined based on the first torque output by the first motor , and the second energy generated by the second motor is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,控制模块用于:基于第一电机输出的第一力矩确定前轮的回馈力矩,并基于第二电机输出的第二力矩确定后轮的回馈力矩;基于第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过制动主缸、前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定前轮的制动力矩和后轮的制动力矩;基于前轮的回馈力矩和前轮的制动力矩控制前轮进行制动,并基于后轮的回馈力矩和后轮的制动力矩控制后轮进行制动;将第一电机产生的第一能量和第二电机产生的第二能量存储至动力电池中。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the control module is configured to: determine the feedback torque of the front wheels based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determine the feedback torque of the rear wheels based on the second torque output by the second motor Torque; based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking of the rear wheel are determined by the brake master cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake torque; control the front wheel to brake based on the feedback torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the front wheel, and control the rear wheel to brake based on the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; An energy and a second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的控制模块用于:基于第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定第三电机输出的第三力矩。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned control module is configured to: determine the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的控制模块用于:基于第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过制动主缸、前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定前轮的制动力矩和后轮的制动力矩;基于前轮的制动力矩控制前轮进行制动,并基于后轮的制动力矩控制后轮进行制动。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned control module is used to: based on the third torque output by the third motor, through the brake master cylinder, the brake of the front wheel, the brake wheel cylinder and the rear wheel The brake wheel cylinder in the brake determines the braking torque of the front wheel and the braking torque of the rear wheel; controls the front wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the front wheel, and controls the rear wheel to brake based on the braking torque of the rear wheel.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的车辆为电动车辆。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned vehicle is an electric vehicle.
基于第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的电动车辆为电动汽车。Based on the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种车辆制动装置,包括:采集模块,用于获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;制动系统,用于在荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,进行制动;还用于在荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值时,控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。In a third aspect, the present application provides a vehicle braking device, comprising: an acquisition module for acquiring a state of charge SOC of a power battery on a vehicle; a braking system for when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset charge When the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, braking is performed; and when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, the vehicle is controlled to brake and the braking energy recovery is turned on.
基于第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请第三方面提供的车辆制动装置还包括能量回收控制器,所述能量回收控制器与所述采集模块和所述制动系统耦合;Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the vehicle braking device provided by the third aspect of the present application further includes an energy recovery controller, where the energy recovery controller is coupled to the acquisition module and the braking system ;
所述采集模块还用于:获取所述车辆上电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息;The acquisition module is further configured to: acquire the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle;
所述能量回收控制器用于:根据所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息确定所述电机的电压。The energy recovery controller is used for: determining the voltage of the motor according to the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle.
所述制动系统还用于:根据所述电机的电压控制车辆进行制动,或者控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。The braking system is further used for: controlling the vehicle to perform braking according to the voltage of the motor, or controlling the vehicle to perform braking and enabling braking energy recovery.
第三方面提供的车辆制动装置通过将采集模块获取的车辆上电机的状态信息和所述 车辆的状态信息输入能量回收控制器,并通过能量回收控制器输出的电机的电压,以及制动系统控制车辆进行制动,或者控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。与采用下层控制器间接制动的方案相比,不仅减少了控制环节,缩短了车辆的制动时间,且降低了控制成本。The vehicle braking device provided by the third aspect inputs the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle obtained by the acquisition module into the energy recovery controller, and outputs the voltage of the motor through the energy recovery controller, and the braking system Control the vehicle to brake, or control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery. Compared with the scheme using the indirect braking of the lower controller, it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
基于第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,采集模块可以包括至少一个传感器。本申请实施例中,传感器可以设置多个。Based on the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the acquisition module may include at least one sensor. In this embodiment of the present application, a plurality of sensors may be provided.
例如,采集模块可以设置电流传感器。电流传感器用于采集的前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3的三相电流(三相电流进行坐标变换(如派克park变换),可以得到三个电机各自的直轴电流和交轴电流)。需要说明的是,可以通过一个电流传感器采集三个电机的三相电流,还可以通过三个传感器分别采集三个电机的三相电流。For example, the acquisition module can set the current sensor. The current sensor is used to collect the three-phase currents of the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 (the three-phase current is subjected to coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation), and the respective direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current of the three motors can be obtained. ). It should be noted that the three-phase currents of the three motors can be collected through one current sensor, and the three-phase currents of the three motors can also be collected through three sensors respectively.
又例如,采集模块可以设置车速传感器。车速传感器用于采集车辆的车速。For another example, the collection module may be provided with a vehicle speed sensor. The vehicle speed sensor is used to collect the vehicle speed.
再例如,采集模块可以设置行程传感器。行程传感器用于采集制动踏板行程(通过制动踏板行程和车辆的纵向动力学方程可以得到车辆的参考制动减速度)。For another example, the collection module may be provided with a travel sensor. The travel sensor is used to collect the brake pedal travel (the reference braking deceleration of the vehicle can be obtained through the brake pedal travel and the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle).
第四方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,包括:至少一个处理器;存储器,用于存储一个或多个程序;当一个或多个程序被至少一个处理器执行时,实现如前述第一方面及其可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, comprising: at least one processor; a memory for storing one or more programs; when the one or more programs are executed by at least one processor, the first Aspects and methods in their possible implementations.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当指令在计算机上运行时,用于执行如前述第一方面及其可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, are used to execute the aforementioned first aspect and possible implementations thereof. method.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品中包含指令,当指令在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器实现如前述第一方面及其可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product contains instructions, and when the instructions are run on a computer or a processor, the computer or processor can be implemented as described in the first aspect and possible implementations thereof. Methods.
应当理解的是,本申请的第二方面至第六方面与本申请的第一方面的技术方案一致,各方面及对应的可行实施方式所取得的有益效果相似,不再赘述。It should be understood that the second to sixth aspects of the present application are consistent with the technical solutions of the first aspect of the present application, and the beneficial effects obtained by each aspect and the corresponding feasible implementation manner are similar, and will not be repeated.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的电动汽车的一个结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electric vehicle provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法的一个流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法的一个流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例中控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of controlling an electric vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery in an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例中控制电动汽车进行制动的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of controlling an electric vehicle to brake in an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法的又一个流程示意图;6 is another schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中构建能量回收控制模型的一个流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of constructing an energy recovery control model in an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请中的附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the technical solutions in the present application will be described clearly and completely below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application. , not all examples. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work fall within the protection scope of the present application.
本申请的说明书实施例和权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元。方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description, embodiments and claims of the present application and the drawings are only used for the purpose of distinguishing and describing, and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance, nor should they be construed as indicating or implied order. Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof, are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, eg, comprising a series of steps or elements. A method, system, product or device is not necessarily limited to those steps or units expressly listed, but may include other steps or units not expressly listed or inherent to the process, method, product or device.
应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that, in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, and "a plurality" refers to two or more. "And/or" is used to describe the relationship between related objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A, only B, and both A and B exist , where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one (a) of a, b or c, can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and" , where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
随着社会对车辆(如汽车)不断增长的需求,汽车工业日益繁荣。特别是新能源汽车(如纯电动汽车或混合动力汽车)已经得到了广泛的应用。当新能源汽车在进行制动时,用于驱动车轮转动的驱动电机在产生回馈力矩(回馈力矩作用于车轮上,用于对车辆进行制动)的同时,还可以作为发电机进行发电,发电产生的能量存储至动力电池中,可以有效提高新能源汽车的续航能力,且能够实现节能减排。因此,在控制车辆进行制动的过程中同时控制车辆开启制动能量回收成为新能源汽车的关键技术之一。The automotive industry is prospering with the ever-increasing demand for vehicles such as automobiles in society. Especially new energy vehicles (such as pure electric vehicles or hybrid vehicles) have been widely used. When the new energy vehicle is braking, the drive motor used to drive the wheels to rotate can also act as a generator to generate electricity while generating feedback torque (the feedback torque acts on the wheels to brake the vehicle). The generated energy is stored in the power battery, which can effectively improve the battery life of new energy vehicles, and can achieve energy saving and emission reduction. Therefore, in the process of controlling the vehicle to brake, simultaneously controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery has become one of the key technologies of the new energy vehicle.
为了控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收,本申请实施例首先通过优化能量回收控制器,得到新能源汽车中制动系统的制动力矩和驱动电机的回馈力矩;然后,通过用于控 制制动系统的制动控制单元去执行制动系统的制动力矩(即制动控制单元控制制动系统执行制动力矩),还通过用于控制驱动电机的电机控制单元去执行驱动电机的回馈力矩(即电机控制单元控制驱动电机执行回馈力矩)。需要说明的是,驱动电机在执行回馈力矩的同时,会产生能量。通过上述过程可以使制动力矩产生的制动力和回馈力矩产生的回馈力协调分配至车轮,保证车辆制动的平顺性。更重要的是,能够在车辆进行制动的过程中实现能量的回收。In order to control the vehicle to brake and enable the braking energy recovery, the embodiment of the present application first obtains the braking torque of the braking system and the feedback torque of the driving motor in the new energy vehicle by optimizing the energy recovery controller; The brake control unit of the braking system executes the braking torque of the braking system (that is, the braking control unit controls the braking system to execute the braking torque), and also executes the feedback of the drive motor through the motor control unit for controlling the drive motor Torque (that is, the motor control unit controls the drive motor to perform feedback torque). It should be noted that the drive motor will generate energy while executing the feedback torque. Through the above process, the braking force generated by the braking torque and the feedback force generated by the feedback torque can be coordinated and distributed to the wheels, so as to ensure the smoothness of the vehicle braking. More importantly, energy recovery can be achieved during the braking process of the vehicle.
需要说明的是,上述制动控制单元和电机控制单元均为执行单元,且制动控制单元执行的制动力矩和电机控制单元执行的回馈力矩均是通过能量回收控制器得到的,所以本申请实施例可以将能量回收控制器定义为上层控制器,还可以将制动控制单元和电机控制单元定义为下层控制器。It should be noted that the above-mentioned braking control unit and motor control unit are both execution units, and the braking torque executed by the braking control unit and the feedback torque executed by the motor control unit are both obtained through the energy recovery controller, so this application Embodiments may define an energy recovery controller as an upper-level controller, and may also define a brake control unit and a motor control unit as a lower-level controller.
但是,由于下层控制器不能理想的跟踪制动系统的制动力矩和驱动电机的回馈力矩,导致车辆的制动效果和能量回收效果均较差。而且,上述制动和能量回收在执行的过程中需要有上层控制器和下层控制器,因此成本也会比较高。However, because the lower-level controller cannot ideally track the braking torque of the braking system and the feedback torque of the drive motor, the braking effect and energy recovery effect of the vehicle are both poor. Moreover, the above-mentioned braking and energy recovery require an upper-level controller and a lower-level controller during the execution process, so the cost will be relatively high.
那么,为了解决上述技术问题,本申请实施例提供了一种车辆制动方法。本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法能够适用于如电动汽车(即纯电动汽车)或混合动力汽车等新能源汽车,当然还可以适用于汽油机汽车等内燃机汽车,本申请实施例不做具体限定。Then, in order to solve the above technical problem, the embodiments of the present application provide a vehicle braking method. The vehicle braking method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to new energy vehicles such as electric vehicles (that is, pure electric vehicles) or hybrid vehicles, and of course, can also be applied to internal combustion engine vehicles such as gasoline engine vehicles, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application .
示例性的,按照驱动方式的不同,电动汽车可以分为前驱式电动汽车、后驱式电动汽车和分布式驱动电动汽车。其中,前驱式电动汽车是通过前驱电机(也就是驱动前轮转动的驱动电机)驱动前轮转动,并通过制动系统实现制动的。后驱式电动汽车是通过后驱驱动电机(驱动后轮转动的驱动电机)驱动后轮转动,并通过制动系统实现制动的。需要特别说明的是,分布式驱动电动汽车是通过前驱电机和后驱电机共同实现电动汽车驱动的。由于该类型的电动汽车包括前驱电机和后驱电机,所以将其称为分布式驱动电动汽车。本申请实施例以分布式驱动电动汽车(下文简称为电动汽车)为例说明,说明电动汽车的制动方法。Exemplarily, electric vehicles can be classified into front-drive electric vehicles, rear-drive electric vehicles, and distributed-drive electric vehicles according to different driving modes. Among them, the front-drive electric vehicle drives the front wheel to rotate through the front-drive motor (that is, the driving motor that drives the rotation of the front wheel), and realizes the braking through the braking system. The rear-drive electric vehicle drives the rear wheel to rotate through the rear-drive drive motor (the drive motor that drives the rear wheel to rotate), and realizes braking through the braking system. It should be noted that the distributed drive electric vehicle is driven by the front-drive motor and the rear-drive motor together. Since this type of electric vehicle includes a front-drive motor and a rear-drive motor, it is called a distributed drive electric vehicle. The embodiments of the present application take a distributed drive electric vehicle (hereinafter referred to as an electric vehicle for short) as an example to illustrate the braking method of an electric vehicle.
图1为本申请实施例提供的电动汽车的一个结构示意图。如图1所示,结构100包括车轮(包括前轮(即图1中的前轮W(wheel)1和前轮W(wheel)2)和后轮(即图1中的后轮W(wheel)3和后轮W(wheel)4))、电机(包括驱动电机(包括前驱电机M(motor)1和后驱电机M(motor)2)和助力电机M(motor)3)、动力电池B(batter)1、电子控制单元ECU(electronic control unit,也可以叫做能量回收控制器)和制动系统B(brake)2。其中,制动系统B2可以采用机械式线性制动系统、液压式线性制动系统、气压式线性制动系统或者电磁式线控制动系统,本申请实施例采用液压式线性制动系统实现电动汽车的制动。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electric vehicle according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the structure 100 includes a wheel (including a front wheel (ie, the front wheel W(wheel) 1 and the front wheel W(wheel) 2 in FIG. 1 ) and a rear wheel (ie, the rear wheel W(wheel) in FIG. 1 ) )3 and rear wheel W(wheel)4)), motor (including drive motor (including front drive motor M(motor)1 and rear drive motor M(motor)2) and booster motor M(motor)3), power battery B (batter) 1, electronic control unit ECU (electronic control unit, also known as energy recovery controller) and braking system B (brake) 2. Wherein, the braking system B2 may adopt a mechanical linear braking system, a hydraulic linear braking system, a pneumatic linear braking system or an electromagnetic braking-by-wire system, and the embodiment of the present application adopts a hydraulic linear braking system to realize electric vehicle brake.
进一步地,参考图1,前驱电机M1通过传动机构G(gear)1与两个前轮(前轮W1和前轮W2)连接,后驱电机M2通过传动机构G(gear)2与两个后轮(后轮W3和后轮W4)连接,助力电机M3通过传送机构G(gear)3与制动系统B2耦合,制动系统B2与四个车轮连接。制动系统B2与设置于前轮W1附近的制动钳C(caliper)1、设置于前轮W2附近的制动钳C(caliper)2、设置于后轮W3附近的制动钳C(caliper)3以及设置于后轮W4附近的制动钳C(caliper)4耦合,用于控制制动钳C1、制动钳C2、制动钳C3和制动钳C4动作。同时,ECU与前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2以及助力电机M3电连接,用于将得到的前驱电机M1的直轴电压和前驱电机M1的交轴电压下发给前驱电机M1,将得到的后驱电机M2的直轴电压和后驱电机M2的交轴电压下发给后驱电机M2,还将得到的助力电机M3的直轴电压和助力电机M3的交轴电压下发给助力电机M3。动力电池B1与前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2、助力电机M3以及ECU耦合。Further, referring to FIG. 1 , the front drive motor M1 is connected to the two front wheels (front wheel W1 and the front wheel W2) through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 1, and the rear drive motor M2 is connected to the two rear wheels through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 2. The wheels (rear wheel W3 and rear wheel W4) are connected, and the booster motor M3 is coupled to the braking system B2 through the transmission mechanism G(gear) 3, and the braking system B2 is connected to the four wheels. The braking system B2 has a brake caliper C (caliper) 1 arranged near the front wheel W1, a brake caliper C (caliper) 2 arranged near the front wheel W2, and a brake caliper C (caliper) 2 arranged near the rear wheel W3. ) 3 and the brake caliper C (caliper) 4 arranged near the rear wheel W4 are coupled to control the actions of the brake caliper C1 , the brake caliper C2 , the brake caliper C3 and the brake caliper C4 . At the same time, the ECU is electrically connected to the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, and is used to send the obtained direct-axis voltage of the front-drive motor M1 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the front-drive motor M1 to the front-drive motor M1, and send the obtained rear-drive motor M1. The direct-axis voltage of the drive motor M2 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the rear-drive motor M2 are sent to the rear-drive motor M2, and the obtained direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 are also sent to the booster motor M3. The power battery B1 is coupled to the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2, the assist motor M3 and the ECU.
图2为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法的一个流程示意图。如图2所示,过程200可以由以下步骤实现。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, process 200 may be implemented by the following steps.
步骤S201:获取电动汽车上动力电池的荷电状态SOC。Step S201: Obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle.
可以理解的是,电动汽车上设置的动力电池作为电动汽车的能量来源,决定了电动汽车的续航能力。动力电池具有以安培时(ampere-hours)为单位的额定容量。如果动力电池部分放电或者全部放电,则动力电池的剩余容量会小于动力电池的额定容量。动力电池的荷电状态SOC表示动力电池在恒定的放电电流下,剩余容量与相同条件下额定容量的比值,常用百分数表示。荷电状态SOC可以用下式表示:It is understandable that the power battery set on the electric vehicle, as the energy source of the electric vehicle, determines the battery life of the electric vehicle. Power batteries have a rated capacity in ampere-hours. If the power battery is partially or fully discharged, the remaining capacity of the power battery will be less than the rated capacity of the power battery. The state of charge (SOC) of the power battery represents the ratio of the remaining capacity of the power battery to the rated capacity under the same conditions under a constant discharge current, usually expressed as a percentage. The state of charge SOC can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000035
式中,Q m-Q(I n)表示在时间t内,动力电池按照恒定的放电电流I n进行放电后的剩余容量;I n表示动力电池的放电电流;Q m表示动力电池按照放电电流I n进行放电时的最大放电容量,即动力电池的额定容量;Q(I n)表示在时间t内,动力电池按照恒定的放电电流I n进行放电所释放的容量。 In the formula, Q m -Q(I n ) represents the remaining capacity of the power battery after discharging according to the constant discharge current I n in the time t; I n represents the discharge current of the power battery; Q m represents the power battery according to the discharge current. The maximum discharge capacity when In is discharging, that is , the rated capacity of the power battery; Q(In) represents the capacity released by the power battery when the power battery is discharged at a constant discharge current In during time t .
基于上述荷电状态SOC的定义,可以理解的是,荷电状态SOC的取值范围为0~1。当荷电状态SOC=0时,表示动力电池放电完全,当荷电状态SOC=0.5时,表示动力电池的剩余容量为额定容量的一半。当荷电状态SOC=1时,表示动力电池完全充满。Based on the above definition of the state of charge SOC, it can be understood that the value range of the state of charge SOC is 0-1. When the state of charge SOC=0, it means that the power battery is fully discharged, and when the state of charge SOC=0.5, it means that the remaining capacity of the power battery is half of the rated capacity. When the state of charge SOC=1, it means that the power battery is fully charged.
由于动力电池本身结构的复杂性,不能通过直接测量得到动力电池的荷电状态SOC,但是可以根据动力电池的外特性(如动力电池的内阻、开路电压、温度、电流等参数)获取动力电池的剩余容量。Due to the complexity of the structure of the power battery itself, the state of charge (SOC) of the power battery cannot be obtained by direct measurement, but the power battery can be obtained according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as the internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current and other parameters of the power battery) remaining capacity.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例可以根据动力电池的外特性,采用放电实验 法、开路电压法、安时积分法、卡尔曼滤波法、神经网络法等方法得到动力电池的剩余容量。之后,根据得到动力电池的剩余容量和荷电状态SOC的定义得到动力电池的荷电状态SOC。In a possible implementation manner, according to the external characteristics of the power battery, in the embodiment of the present application, the discharge experiment method, the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural network method and other methods can be used to obtain the remaining power of the power battery. capacity. After that, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained according to the definitions of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC.
步骤S202:若获取的荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值,控制车辆进行制动(即控制车辆仅进行制动,不开启制动能量回收);若获取的荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值,控制车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收(此处的制动能量为电机根据制动系统的制动过程产生的能量,包括第一电机M1产生的第一能量P M1和/或第二电机M2产生的第二能量P M2)。 Step S202: if the obtained state of charge SOC is greater than the preset state of charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake (that is, control the vehicle to only brake without turning on braking energy recovery); if the obtained state of charge SOC is less than or equal to State-of-charge threshold, control the vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery (the braking energy here is the energy generated by the motor according to the braking process of the braking system, including the first energy P M1 generated by the first motor M1 and /or the second energy P M2 ) generated by the second motor M2.
可选地,根据动力电池的额定容量,可以设置不同的荷电状态阈值。当然,还可以根据动力电池的使用时间,设置不同的荷电状态阈值。Optionally, according to the rated capacity of the power battery, different state-of-charge thresholds can be set. Of course, different state-of-charge thresholds can also be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
示例性的,本申请实施例以动力电池的荷电状态阈值为0.90为例进行说明。Exemplarily, the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the state-of-charge threshold of the power battery as 0.90 as an example.
进一步地,根据步骤S201获取的荷电状态SOC,分以下两种情况介绍如何控制电动汽车仅进行制动,或者控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Further, according to the state of charge SOC obtained in step S201, how to control the electric vehicle to only brake, or control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on braking energy recovery, is described in the following two cases.
情况1:获取的荷电状态SOC为0.95,由于0.95大于0.90,于是,可以确定动力电池的剩余容量能够为电动汽车提供较强的续航能力(即动力电池的剩余容量还能够支持电动汽车行驶较长的里程)。在这种情况下,仅需要控制电动汽车进行制动,无需控制电动汽车开启制动能量回收。Case 1: The obtained state of charge SOC is 0.95. Since 0.95 is greater than 0.90, it can be determined that the remaining capacity of the power battery can provide strong endurance for the electric vehicle (that is, the remaining capacity of the power battery can also support the electric vehicle to drive longer. long mileage). In this case, it is only necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake, and it is not necessary to control the electric vehicle to activate the braking energy recovery.
情况2:获取的荷电状态SOC为0.85,由于0.85小于0.90,可以确定动力电池的剩余容量无法为电动汽车提供较强的续航能力(即动力电池的剩余容量不能支持电动汽车行驶较长的里程)。在这种情况下,需要控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Case 2: The obtained state of charge SOC is 0.85. Since 0.85 is less than 0.90, it can be determined that the remaining capacity of the power battery cannot provide strong endurance for the electric vehicle (that is, the remaining capacity of the power battery cannot support the electric vehicle for a long mileage). ). In this case, it is necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery.
需要说明的是,获取的荷电状态SOC为0.90(即获取的荷电状态SOC等于预设的荷电状态阈值)时,和上述情况2相同,也需要控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。It should be noted that when the obtained state of charge SOC is 0.90 (that is, the obtained state of charge SOC is equal to the preset state of charge threshold), it is the same as the above case 2, and it is also necessary to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the brake. Energy recovery.
可以理解的,若控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收,回收的能量用于为动力电池充电,进而使动力电池的荷电状态SOC大于0.90。当荷电状态SOC恢复至0.90以上(即通过充电,动力电池的荷电状态SOC大于0.90)后,在需要控制车辆进行制动时,能够实现控制电动汽车在仅进行制动与控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收之间切换,在不影响电动汽车制动的前提下,可以有效增加电动汽车的续航能力。It can be understood that if the electric vehicle is controlled to brake and the braking energy recovery is enabled, the recovered energy is used to charge the power battery, so that the SOC of the power battery is greater than 0.90. When the state of charge SOC recovers to above 0.90 (that is, through charging, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is greater than 0.90), when the vehicle needs to be controlled to brake, the electric vehicle can be controlled to perform only braking and control the electric vehicle. Switching between braking and turning on braking energy recovery can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle without affecting the braking of the electric vehicle.
本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法通过动力电池的荷电状态SOC确定是否需要在控制车辆进行制动的同时控制车辆开启制动能量回收,也就是根据荷电状态SOC实现了控制电动汽车仅进行制动,或者控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收,实现了能量的控制和再利用,而且回收的能量能够有效增加电动汽车的续航能力,实现节能减排。The vehicle braking method provided by the embodiments of the present application determines whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery while controlling the vehicle to brake by the state of charge SOC of the power battery. Braking, or controlling the electric vehicle to brake and turning on the braking energy recovery, realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle, and realize energy saving and emission reduction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法在步骤S201之后,还 可以获取电机的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息。In a possible implementation manner, after step S201, the vehicle braking method provided by the embodiment of the present application may further acquire the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle.
例如,电机(可以包括前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3)的状态信息可以包括前驱电机M1的电角速度、后驱电机M2的电角速度和助力电机M3的电角速度,还可以包括前驱电机M1的电流信息、后驱电机M2的电流信息和助力电机M3的电流信息。For example, the state information of the motors (which may include the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2, and the assist motor M3) may include the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, and the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, and may also include the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, and the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3 Current information of the motor M1, current information of the rear drive motor M2, and current information of the assist motor M3.
在一种示例中,前驱电机M1的电角速度(用ω r1表示)是通过将转角传感器(设置于前驱电机M1上)采集的前驱电机M1的角速度(用ω 1表示)与前驱电机M1的磁极对数(用N P1表示)相乘得到的,用公式表示为ω r1=ω 1×N P1In an example, the electrical angular velocity (represented by ω r1 ) of the front drive motor M1 is obtained by combining the angular velocity (represented by ω 1 ) of the front drive motor M1 collected by the rotation angle sensor (set on the front drive motor M1 ) with the magnetic pole of the front drive motor M1 It is obtained by multiplying the logarithms (represented by N P1 ), and is expressed by the formula as ω r11 ×N P1 .
在另一种示例中,后驱电机M2的电角速度(用ω r2表示)是通过将转角传感器(设置于后驱电机M2上)采集的后驱电机M2的角速度(用ω 2表示)与后驱电机M2的磁极对数(用N P2表示)相乘得到的,用公式表示为ω r2=ω 2×N P2In another example, the electrical angular velocity (represented by ω r2 ) of the rear drive motor M2 is obtained by combining the angular velocity (represented by ω 2 ) of the rear drive motor M2 collected by the rotation angle sensor (disposed on the rear drive motor M2 ) with the rear drive motor M2 It is obtained by multiplying the number of pole pairs (represented by N P2 ) of the driving motor M2 , and is represented by a formula as ω r22 ×N P2 .
在再一种示例中,助力电机M3的电角速度(用ω r3表示)是通过将转角传感器(设置于助力电机M3上)采集的助力电机M3的角速度(用ω 3表示)与助力电机M3的磁极对数(用N P3表示)相乘得到的,用公式表示为ω r3=ω 3×N P3In yet another example, the electrical angular velocity (represented by ω r3 ) of the assist motor M3 is obtained by combining the angular velocity (represented by ω 3 ) of the assist motor M3 collected by the rotational angle sensor (disposed on the assist motor M3 ) with the angular velocity of the assist motor M3 The number of magnetic pole pairs (represented by N P3 ) is multiplied, and it is expressed by the formula as ω r33 ×N P3 .
还需要说明的是,前驱电机M1的电流信息可以是将电流传感器采集的前驱电机M1的三相电流进行坐标变换(如派克park变换)得到的,后驱电机M2的电流信息可以是将电流传感器采集的后驱电机M2的三相电流进行坐标变换(如派克park变换)得到的,助力电机M3的电流信息可以是将电流传感器采集的助力电机M3的三相电流进行坐标变换(如派克park变换)得到的。It should also be noted that the current information of the front drive motor M1 may be obtained by performing coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation) on the three-phase current of the front drive motor M1 collected by the current sensor, and the current information of the rear drive motor M2 may be obtained by converting the current sensor The collected three-phase current of the rear drive motor M2 is obtained by performing coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation), and the current information of the booster motor M3 can be obtained by performing coordinate transformation (eg, Parker transformation) on the three-phase current of the booster motor M3 collected by the current sensor. )owned.
再例如,电动汽车的状态信息可以包括电动汽车的车速,还可以包括电动汽车的参考制动减速度。For another example, the state information of the electric vehicle may include the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle, and may also include the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle.
需要说明的是,电动汽车的车速可以通过设置于电动汽车上的车速传感器采集得到。It should be noted that the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle can be acquired by a vehicle speed sensor provided on the electric vehicle.
还需要说明的是,电动汽车的参考制动减速度可以是基于行程传感器采集的制动踏板行程,并通过电动汽车的纵向动力学方程(表达式可以参见下文的介绍)得到的。It should also be noted that the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle may be based on the brake pedal stroke collected by the stroke sensor, and obtained through the longitudinal dynamic equation of the electric vehicle (for the expression, please refer to the introduction below).
在另一种可能的实现方式中,为了控制电动汽车仅进行制动,或者控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收,本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法在步骤S201之后,还可以构建能量回收控制模型。In another possible implementation manner, in order to control the electric vehicle to only brake, or to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery, after step S201, the vehicle braking method provided in this embodiment of the present application may also Build an energy recovery control model.
进一步地,能量回收控制模型可以包括目标函数和约束条件。其中,目标函数可以包括第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数,约束条件可以包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束,本申请实施例以电压约束和电压增量约束为例,对约束条件进行说明。Further, the energy recovery control model may include objective functions and constraints. The objective function may include a first objective function, a second objective function, and a third objective function, and the constraints may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints. The embodiments of the present application take voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints as examples. Explain the constraints.
在一种可能的实现方式中,前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3均采用永磁同步电机,所以前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3的电压方程、电磁力矩方程和机械方程均相同。本申请实施例以前驱电机M1为例,通过以下步骤S201a’至步骤S201e’ 构建能量回收控制模型。In a possible implementation manner, the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 all use permanent magnet synchronous motors, so the voltage equation, electromagnetic torque equation and mechanical The equations are the same. In the embodiment of the present application, the front-drive motor M1 is taken as an example, and an energy recovery control model is constructed through the following steps S201a' to S201e'.
步骤S201a’:基于前驱电机M1的电磁力矩方程、前驱电机M1的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程确定车轮的力矩与前驱电机M1的电流信息之间的关系。Step S201a': Determine the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the front-wheel motor M1 based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-wheel motor M1, the mechanical equation of the front-wheel motor M1, and the state equation of the braking system.
在一种可能的实现方式中,前驱电机M1的电磁力矩方程可以用公式表示为:In a possible implementation, the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000036
式中,T e1表示前驱电机M1的电磁力矩,单位为Nm;N P1表示前驱电机M1的磁极对数;ψ f1表示前驱电机M1的转子磁链,单位V.s/rad;i d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电流,单位为A;i q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电流,单位为A;L d1表示电机的直轴电感,单位为H;L q是电机的交轴电感,单位为H。 In the formula, T e1 represents the electromagnetic torque of the front-drive motor M1, the unit is Nm; N P1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front-wheel motor M1; ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the front-wheel motor M1, the unit is Vs/rad; i d1 represents the front-wheel motor M1 The direct-axis current of the motor is A, the unit is A; i q1 is the quadrature-axis current of the front-drive motor M1, the unit is A; L d1 is the direct-axis inductance of the motor, the unit is H; L q is the quadrature-axis inductance of the motor, the unit is H.
进一步地,当L d1=L q1时,前驱电机M1的电磁力矩方程还可以用公式表示为: Further, when L d1 =L q1 , the electromagnetic torque equation of the front-drive motor M1 can also be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000037
在另一种可能的实现方式中,可以将前驱电机M1作为电动机和发电机两种情况介绍前驱电机M1的机械方程。In another possible implementation manner, the mechanical equations of the front-drive motor M1 may be introduced in the two cases of the front-drive motor M1 as a motor and a generator.
当前驱电机M1作为电动机时,前驱电机M1的机械方程可以用公式表示为:When the front drive motor M1 is used as a motor, the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000038
式中,J 1表示前驱电机M1的转动惯量,单位为kg·m^2,B 1表示驱动电机M1的阻尼系数,单位为Nm.s/rad;ω m1表示前驱电机M1的机械转速,单位为rad/s;T L1表示前驱电机M1的负载力矩,单位为Nm。 In the formula, J 1 represents the moment of inertia of the front drive motor M1, the unit is kg m^2, B 1 represents the damping coefficient of the driving motor M1, the unit is Nm.s/rad; ω m1 represents the mechanical speed of the front drive motor M1, the unit is rad/s; T L1 represents the load torque of the front drive motor M1, in Nm.
当前驱电机M1作为发电机时,前驱电机M1的机械方程可以用公式表示为:When the front drive motor M1 is used as a generator, the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000039
需要说明的是,若忽略J 1和B 1的影响,前驱电机M1的机械方程还可以用公式表示为: It should be noted that, if the influence of J 1 and B 1 is ignored, the mechanical equation of the front-drive motor M1 can also be expressed as:
T L=T e T L = T e
在再一种可能的实现方式中,制动系统的状态方程可以用公式表示为:In yet another possible implementation, the state equation of the braking system can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000041
式中,P c表示制动系统中主动主缸输出的油压,且满足
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000042
T m3表示助力电机M3输出的第三力矩。
In the formula, P c represents the oil pressure output by the active master cylinder in the braking system, and it satisfies
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000042
T m3 represents the third torque output by the booster motor M3.
进一步地,将上述前驱电机M1的电磁力矩方程、前驱电机M1的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程结合,可以得到车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系。Further, by combining the above-mentioned electromagnetic torque equation of the front drive motor M1, the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 and the state equation of the braking system, the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor can be obtained.
需要说明的是,车轮的力矩可以包括前轮的力矩和后轮的力矩。其中,前轮的力矩可以包括前轮的制动力矩和前轮的回馈力矩,后轮的力矩可以包括后轮的制动力矩和后轮的回馈力矩。It should be noted that the moment of the wheel may include the moment of the front wheel and the moment of the rear wheel. The torque of the front wheel may include the braking torque of the front wheel and the feedback torque of the front wheel, and the torque of the rear wheel may include the braking torque of the rear wheel and the feedback torque of the rear wheel.
在一种示例中,针对前轮的制动力矩,由于前轮的制动力矩是由助力电机M3、制动系统的制动主缸以及前轮的制动器中制动轮缸产生的,因此电机的电流信息可以包括助力电机M3的交轴电流。针对前轮的回馈力矩,由于前轮的回馈力矩是由前驱电机M1产生的,因此电机的电流信息可以包括前驱电机M1的交轴电流。In an example, for the braking torque of the front wheel, since the braking torque of the front wheel is generated by the booster motor M3, the brake master cylinder of the braking system and the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake, the motor The current information of can include the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3. Regarding the feedback torque of the front wheel, since the feedback torque of the front wheel is generated by the front drive motor M1, the current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1.
在另一种示例中,针对后轮的制动力矩,由于后轮的制动力矩是由助力电机M3、制动系统的制动主缸以及后轮的制动器中制动轮缸产生的,因此电机的电流信息可以包括助力电机M3的交轴电流。针对后轮的回馈力矩,由于后轮的回馈力矩是由后驱电机M2产生的,因此电机的电流信息可以包括后驱电机M2的交轴电流。In another example, for the braking torque of the rear wheel, since the braking torque of the rear wheel is generated by the booster motor M3, the brake master cylinder of the braking system and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake, therefore The current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3. Regarding the feedback torque of the rear wheel, since the feedback torque of the rear wheel is generated by the rear drive motor M2, the current information of the motor may include the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2.
根据上述说明,可以将前驱电机M1的电磁力矩方程、前驱电机M1的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程结合,得到前轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系、后轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系、前轮的回馈力矩与前驱电机M1的交轴电流之间的关系以及后轮的回馈力矩与后驱电机M2的交轴电流之间的关系。According to the above description, the electromagnetic torque equation of the front drive motor M1, the mechanical equation of the front drive motor M1 and the state equation of the braking system can be combined to obtain the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3, the rear The relationship between the braking torque of the wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3, the relationship between the feedback torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, and the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2 The relationship between.
例如,前轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系可以用公式表示为:For example, the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000043
又例如,后轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系可以用公式表示为:For another example, the relationship between the braking torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000044
还例如,前轮的回馈力矩与前驱电机M1的交轴电流之间的关系可以用公式表示为:For another example, the relationship between the feedback torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000045
再例如,后轮的回馈力矩与后驱电机M2的交轴电流之间的关系可以用公式表示为:For another example, the relationship between the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000046
上述四个公式中,T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,r 1表示制动主缸的活塞直径,r 2表示前轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,r 3表示后轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,μ f表示前轮的制动 器中制动盘的摩擦系数,μ r表示后轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径(本申请实施例中以电动汽车中四个车轮(包括两个前轮和两个后轮)的半径相同为例),N P1表示前驱电机M1的磁极对数,N P2表示后驱电机M2的磁极对数,N P3表示助力电机M3的磁极对数,ψ f1表示前驱电机M1的转子磁链,ψ f2表示后驱电机M2的转子磁链,ψ f3表示助力电机M3的转子磁链,i q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电流,i q2表示后驱电机M2的交轴电流,i q3表示助力电机M3的交轴电流,η 1表示前驱电机M1到制动主缸的活塞推杆之间的传动系数,n f表示前驱电机M1到前轮的传动系数,n r表示后驱电机M2到后轮的传动系数。 In the above four formulas, T hf is the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr is the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf is the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr is the feedback torque of the rear wheel, and r 1 is the main braking torque. The piston diameter of the cylinder, r 2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the front wheel, r 3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the rear wheel, μ f represents the friction of the brake disc in the brake of the front wheel Coefficient, μ r represents the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re represents the radius of the front wheel/rear wheel (in the embodiment of this application, four wheels (including two front wheels and two rear wheels) are used in the electric vehicle. The radius of the wheel) is the same as an example), NP1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front drive motor M1, NP2 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the rear drive motor M2, NP3 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the booster motor M3, ψ f1 represents the number of magnetic pole pairs of the front drive motor M1 Rotor flux linkage, ψ f2 denotes the rotor flux linkage of the rear drive motor M2, ψ f3 denotes the rotor flux linkage of the booster motor M3, i q1 denotes the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, i q2 denotes the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2, i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the booster motor M3, η 1 represents the transmission coefficient between the front drive motor M1 and the piston push rod of the brake master cylinder, n f represents the transmission coefficient from the front drive motor M1 to the front wheel, and n r represents the rear drive Transmission coefficient of motor M2 to rear wheels.
步骤S201b’:基于车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系、电动汽车的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程确定电动汽车的状态方程。Step S201b': Determine the state equation of the electric vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电动汽车的纵向动力学方程可以用公式表示为:In one possible implementation, the longitudinal dynamics equation of an electric vehicle can be formulated as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000047
式中,m veh表示电动汽车的质量,单位为kg;a表示电动汽车的实际制动减速度,单位为m/s^2;T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,单位为Nm;T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,单位为Nm;T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,单位为Nm;T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩,单位为Nm;R e表示车轮的半径,单位为m;F air表示电动汽车的空气阻力,单位为N;F roll表示电动汽车的滚动阻力,单位为N。 In the formula, m veh represents the mass of the electric vehicle, in kg; a represents the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, in m/s^2; T hf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, in Nm; T hr Represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, the unit is Nm; T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, the unit is Nm; T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, the unit is Nm; R e represents the radius of the wheel, the unit is m; F air represents the air resistance of the electric vehicle, the unit is N; F roll represents the rolling resistance of the electric vehicle, the unit is N.
进一步地,F air可以用公式表示为: Further, F air can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000048
式中,ρ air表示空气密度,单位为kg/m^3;C x表示空气系数;S表示电动汽车的迎风面积,单位为m^2;v表示电动汽车的车速,单位为m/s;v wind表示风速,单位为m/s。 In the formula, ρ air represents the air density in kg/m^3; C x represents the air coefficient; S represents the windward area of the electric vehicle, in m^2; v represents the speed of the electric vehicle in m/s; v wind represents the wind speed in m/s.
更进一步地,F roll可以用公式表示为: Further, F roll can be formulated as:
F roll=m veh·g·Sin(arctan(0.01·α)) 2 F roll = m veh · g · Sin(arctan(0.01 · α)) 2
式中,g表示重力加速度,单位m/s^2;α表示道路坡度。In the formula, g is the acceleration of gravity, in m/s^2; α is the road gradient.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,以前驱电机M1为例,前驱电机M1的电压方程可以用公式表示为:In another possible implementation, taking the front drive motor M1 as an example, the voltage equation of the front drive motor M1 can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000049
式中,u d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电压,单位为V;u q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电压,单位为V;i d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电流,单位为A;i q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电流,单位为A;R s1表示前驱电机M1的内阻,单位为Ω;L d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电感,单位为H;L q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电感,单位为H;ω r1表示前驱电机M1的电角速度,单位为rad/s;ψ f1表示前驱电机M1的转子磁链,单位为V.s/rad。 In the formula, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, the unit is V; u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, the unit is V; i d1 represents the direct axis current of the front drive motor M1, the unit is A; i q1 Represents the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, the unit is A; R s1 represents the internal resistance of the front drive motor M1, the unit is Ω; L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the front drive motor M1, the unit is H; L q1 represents the alternating current of the front drive motor M1 Shaft inductance, the unit is H; ω r1 represents the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the unit is rad/s; ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the front drive motor M1, the unit is Vs/rad.
在再一种可能的实现方式中,结合上述电动汽车的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程,可以将电动汽车的状态方程用公式表示为:In yet another possible implementation, combined with the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor, the state equation of the electric vehicle can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000050
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000050
式中,i d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电流,i q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电流,i d2表示后驱电机M2的直轴电流,i q2表示后驱电机M2的交轴电流,i d3表示助力电机M3的直轴电流,i q3表示助力电机M3的交轴电流,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000051
表示前驱电机M1的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000052
表示前驱电机M1的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000053
表示后驱电机M2的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000054
表示后驱电机M2的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000055
表示助力电机M3的直轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000056
表示助力电机M3的交轴电流的一阶微分,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000057
表示车速的一阶微分,a表示电动汽车的制动减速度(单位为m/s^2,车速求一阶微分,可以得到电动汽车的制动减速度),R s1表示前驱电机M1的内阻,R s2表示后驱电机M2的内阻,R s3表示助力电机M3的内阻,L d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电感,L q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电感,L d2表示后驱电机M2的直轴电感,L q2表示后驱电机M2的交轴电感,L d3表示助力电机M3的直轴电感,L q3表示助力电机M3的交轴电感,ω r1表示前驱电机M1的电角速度,ω r2表示后驱电机M2的电角速度,ω r3表示助力电机M3的电角速度,u d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电压,u q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电压,u d2表示后驱电机M2的直轴电压,u q2表示后驱电机M2的交轴电压,u d3表示助力电机M3的直轴电压,u q3表示助力电机M3的交轴电压, ψ f1表示前驱电机M1的转子磁链,ψ f2表示后驱电机M2的转子磁链,ψ f3表示助力电机M3的转子磁链,m veh表示电动汽车的质量,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径。T hf表示前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示后轮的回馈力矩;F air表示电动汽车的空气阻力,F roll表示车辆的滚动阻力。
In the formula, i d1 represents the direct axis current of the front drive motor M1, i q1 represents the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, i d2 represents the direct axis current of the rear drive motor M2, i q2 represents the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2, i d3 represents the direct-axis current of the booster motor M3, i q3 represents the quadrature-axis current of the booster motor M3,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000051
represents the first derivative of the direct-axis current of the front-drive motor M1,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000052
represents the first-order differential of the quadrature-axis current of the front-drive motor M1,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000053
Represents the first-order derivative of the direct-axis current of the rear-drive motor M2,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000054
represents the first-order differential of the quadrature-axis current of the rear-drive motor M2,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000055
Represents the first derivative of the direct-axis current of the booster motor M3,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000056
Represents the first-order differential of the quadrature-axis current of the booster motor M3,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000057
Represents the first-order differential of the vehicle speed, a represents the braking deceleration of the electric vehicle (the unit is m/s^2, the first-order differential of the vehicle speed can be used to obtain the braking deceleration of the electric vehicle), and R s1 represents the interior of the front-drive motor M1. resistance, R s2 represents the internal resistance of the rear drive motor M2, R s3 represents the internal resistance of the booster motor M3, L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the front drive motor M1, L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the front drive motor M1, and L d2 represents the rear drive motor M1. The direct-axis inductance of the motor M2, L q2 is the quadrature-axis inductance of the rear drive motor M2, L d3 is the direct-axis inductance of the booster motor M3, L q3 is the quadrature-axis inductance of the booster motor M3, and ω r1 is the electrical angular velocity of the front-drive motor M1 , ω r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, ω r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the booster motor M3, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, u d2 represents the rear drive motor The direct axis voltage of M2, u q2 is the quadrature axis voltage of the rear drive motor M2, u d3 is the direct axis voltage of the booster motor M3, u q3 is the quadrature axis voltage of the booster motor M3, ψ f1 is the rotor flux linkage of the front drive motor M1 , ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the rear drive motor M2, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the booster motor M3, m veh represents the mass of the electric vehicle, and Re represents the radius of the front/rear wheels. Thf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel; F air represents the air resistance of the electric vehicle, and F roll represents the Rolling resistance of the vehicle.
进一步地,T hf与i q3之间的关系、T hr与i q3之间的关系、T mf与i q1之间的关系、T mr与i q2之间的关系、F air的表达式以及F roll的表达式均可以参见前文所述,本申请实施例不再赘述。 Further, the relationship between T hf and i q3 , the relationship between T hr and i q3 , the relationship between T mf and i q1 , the relationship between T mr and i q2 , the expression of F air , and the F For the expressions of roll , reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
步骤S201c’:基于电动汽车的状态方程和电机的电流信息确定电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩。Step S201c': Determine the actual braking deceleration and wheel torque of the electric vehicle based on the state equation of the electric vehicle and the current information of the motor.
示例性的,在获取了前驱电机M1的直轴电流i d1、前驱电机M1的交轴电流i q1、后驱电机M2的直轴电流i d2、后驱电机M2的交轴电流i q2、助力电机M3的直轴电流i d3以及助力电机M3的交轴电流i q3(即获取了电机的电流信息)基础上,将i d1、i q1、i d2、i q2、i d3和i q3带入上述电动汽车的状态方程,并结合T hf与i q3之间的关系、T hr与i q3之间的关系、T mf与i q1之间的关系、T mr与i q2之间的关系、F air的表达式以及F roll的表达式,可以得到电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩(包括前轮的制动力矩、后轮的制动力矩、前轮的回馈力矩以及后轮的回馈力矩)。 Exemplarily, after obtaining the direct-axis current id1 of the front-drive motor M1, the quadrature-axis current i q1 of the front-drive motor M1, the direct-axis current id2 of the rear-drive motor M2, the quadrature-axis current i q2 of the rear -drive motor M2, the power assist On the basis of the direct-axis current id3 of the motor M3 and the quadrature-axis current i q3 of the booster motor M3 (that is, the current information of the motor is obtained), id1 , i q1 , id2 , i q2 , id3 and i q3 are brought into The equation of state for the above electric vehicle, combined with the relationship between Thf and i q3 , the relationship between Th hr and i q3 , the relationship between T mf and i q1 , the relationship between T mr and i q2 , the relationship between T mr and i q2, the The expression of air and the expression of F roll can obtain the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheel (including the braking torque of the front wheel, the braking torque of the rear wheel, the feedback torque of the front wheel and the torque of the rear wheel. feedback torque).
步骤S201d’:基于电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩,确定能量回收控制模型的三个目标函数(包括第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数)。Step S201d': Based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels, three objective functions (including the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function) of the energy recovery control model are determined.
下面对三个目标函数的确定过程进行说明:The following describes the determination process of the three objective functions:
1)以电动汽车的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,基于电动汽车的实际制动减速度确定第一目标函数。1) A first objective function is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, taking the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle as the target.
示例性的,第一目标函数可以用公式表示为:Exemplarily, the first objective function can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000058
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000058
式中,J 1表示第一目标函数的函数值,a(k+i)表示电动汽车在第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度,a ref(k+i)表示电动汽车在第k+i时刻的参考制动减速度,k表示时刻,i表示步长的索引,且i=1,2,…,P,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function, a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle at the k+ith moment, and a ref (k+i) represents the electric vehicle at the k+th time. The reference braking deceleration at time i, k represents the time, i represents the index of the step, and i=1,2,...,P, P represents the total number of steps.
需要说明的是,第一目标函数中的a(k+i)-a ref(k+i)表示电动汽车第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度与参考制动减速度之间的偏差(偏差可以为正值,也可以为负值)。以电动汽车的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标表示电动汽车的实际制动减速度与参考制动减速度之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样能够保证电动汽车制动的平顺性,提高驾驶体验。 It should be noted that a(k+i)-a ref (k+i) in the first objective function represents the deviation between the actual braking deceleration and the reference braking deceleration ( Bias can be positive or negative). Taking the electric vehicle's ability to track the reference braking deceleration as the goal, it means that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration is as small as possible, which can ensure the smoothness of the electric vehicle braking. Improve the driving experience.
2)以电动汽车上前轮的制动器的制动力和后轮的制动器的制动力的分配比(即实际 的前后轮制动力分配比)满足预设的分配比(理想的前后轮制动力分配比)为目标,基于车轮的力矩确定第二目标函数。2) The distribution ratio of the braking force of the front wheel brake and the braking force of the rear wheel brake on the electric vehicle (that is, the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio) satisfies the preset distribution ratio (ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio) ) as the target, and the second objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheel.
在一示例中,理想的前后轮制动力分配比表示:前轮和后轮同时抱死时,制动系统中前轮制动器(即用于制动前轮的制动器)的制动力与制动系统中后轮制动器(即用于制动后轮的制动器)的制动力的关系曲线。理想的前后轮制动力分配比可以由联合国欧洲经济委员会(the united nations economic commission for europe,缩写UNECE或者ECE)法规得到。In an example, the ideal front-to-rear braking force distribution ratio represents: when the front and rear wheels are locked at the same time, the braking force of the front wheel brake (that is, the brake used to brake the front wheel) in the braking system and the braking system The relationship curve of the braking force of the middle rear wheel brake (ie the brake used to brake the rear wheel). The ideal front and rear brake force distribution ratio can be obtained by the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (the united nations economic commission for europe, abbreviated UNECE or ECE) regulations.
进一步地,第二目标函数可以用公式表示为:Further, the second objective function can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000059
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000059
式中,J 2表示第二目标函数的函数值,T mf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T mr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,R e表示车轮的半径,P表示步长总数。C F表示预设的分配比,C F可以用公式表示为: In the formula, J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function, T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, and T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel at the k+i th time. , T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+i th time, T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel braking torque at the k+i th time, and Re represents the wheel The radius of , P represents the total number of steps. CF represents the preset distribution ratio, CF can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000060
式中,d b表示电动汽车的质心到后轴(后轴位于两个后轮之间,用于连接两个后轮)的距离,d a表示电动汽车的质心到前轴(前轴位于两个前轮之间,用于连接两个前轮)的距离,z表示电动汽车的制动强度,h g表示电动汽车质心的高度。 In the formula, db represents the distance from the center of mass of the electric vehicle to the rear axle (the rear axle is located between the two rear wheels and is used to connect the two rear wheels), and d a represents the center of mass of the electric vehicle to the front axle (the front axle is located between the two rear wheels). The distance between the two front wheels is used to connect the two front wheels), z represents the braking strength of the electric vehicle, and h g represents the height of the center of mass of the electric vehicle.
需要说明的是,根据制动力矩和制动力的关系,第二目标函数中的(T mf(k+i)+T hf(k+i))R e表示前轮制动器的制动力,第二目标函数中的(T mr(k+i)+T hr(k+i))R e表示后轮制动器的制动力。于是,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000061
表示前轮制动器的制动力与后轮制动器的制动力的分配比(即实际的前后轮制动力分配比)。进而,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000062
表示实际的前后轮制动力分配比与理想的前后轮制动力分配比的偏差(偏差可以为正值,也可以为负值)。
It should be noted that, according to the relationship between the braking torque and the braking force, (T mf (k+i)+T hf (k+i)) Re in the second objective function represents the braking force of the front wheel brake, the second (T mr (k+i)+T hr (k+i)) Re in the objective function represents the braking force of the rear wheel brake. then,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000061
Indicates the distribution ratio of the braking force of the front wheel brake to the braking force of the rear wheel brake (ie, the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio). and then,
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000062
Indicates the deviation between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio (the deviation can be a positive value or a negative value).
本申请实施例中,以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标表示实际的前后轮制动力分配比与理想的前后轮制动力分配比之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,也就是尽可能使实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足ECE法规要求,保证电动汽车制动的安全性。In the embodiment of the present application, the absolute value of the deviation between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio is expressed as the goal that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio satisfies the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio The smaller the better, that is, the actual front-to-rear brake force distribution ratio meets the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of electric vehicle braking.
3)以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标,基于车轮的力矩确定第三目标函数。3) The third objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheel with the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal.
示例性的,第三目标函数可以用公式表示为:Exemplarily, the third objective function can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000063
式中,J 3表示第三目标函数的函数值,T hf(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T hr(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,ω f(k+i)表示前轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,ω r(k+i)表示后轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,P target表示制动系统的目标制动功率,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function, T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, and T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+i th time. The braking torque at the moment, ω f (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+i th moment, ω r (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the rear wheel at the k+i th moment, and P target represents the braking system The target braking power of , P represents the total number of steps.
需要说明的是,上述第三目标函数中的T hf(k+i)ω f(k+i)+T hr(k+i)ω r(k+i)表示制动系统的实际制动功率,T hf(k+i)ω f(k+i)+T hr(k+i)ω r(k+i)-P target表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间的偏差(偏差可以为正值,也可以为负值)。以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标可以表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2在回馈制动的过程中产生的能量就会越多,进而可以实现最大能量的回收。 It should be noted that T hf (k+i)ω f (k+i)+T hr (k+i)ω r (k+i) in the third objective function above represents the actual braking power of the braking system , T hf (k+i)ω f (k+i)+T hr (k+i)ω r (k+i)-P target represents the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power (the deviation can be positive or negative). Taking the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 are generated during the regenerative braking process. The energy will be more, and then the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
进一步地,本申请实施例中以制动系统的目标制动功率取0(即P target=0)为例介绍第三目标函数。当P target=0时,第三目标函数可以用公式表示为: Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the third objective function is described by taking the target braking power of the braking system as 0 (ie, P target =0) as an example. When P target =0, the third objective function can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000064
于是,以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标可以表示实际制动功率的绝对值越小越好,这样同样可以使前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2在回馈制动的过程中产生更多的能量,进而可以实现最大能量的回收。Therefore, aiming at the minimum braking power of the braking system can indicate that the absolute value of the actual braking power is as small as possible, which can also make the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 generate more power in the process of regenerative braking. energy, so as to achieve maximum energy recovery.
步骤S201e’:根据第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定能量回收控制模型的约束条件。Step S201e': Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
在一种可能的实现方式中,先设定加权系数(包括第一目标函数的第一加权系数(用Γ 1表示)、第二目标函数的第二加权系数(用Γ 2表示)以及第三目标函数的第三加权系数(用Γ 3表示));然后采用Γ 1、Γ 2和Γ 3对三个目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数。该能量回收控制模型的目标函数可以用公式表示为: In a possible implementation manner, the weighting coefficients (including the first weighting coefficient (represented by Γ 1 ) of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient (represented by Γ 2 ) of the second objective function, and the third weighting coefficient of the second objective function are set first. The third weighting coefficient of the objective function (represented by Γ 3 ) ; objective function. The objective function of the energy recovery control model can be expressed as:
min J=Γ 1·J 12·J 23·J 3 min J=Γ 1 ·J 12 ·J 23 ·J 3
式中,J表示加权后的函数值,min J表示取J的最小值。In the formula, J represents the weighted function value, and min J represents the minimum value of J.
本申请实施例以电动汽车的参考制动减速度和理想的前后轮制动力分配比为跟踪目 标,并以制动系统输出的实际制动功率为0作为优化目标,不仅提高了制动的平顺性和安全性,且实现了最大能量回收。In the embodiment of the present application, the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio are used as the tracking targets, and the actual braking power output by the braking system is 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the smoothness of braking Safety and security, and achieve maximum energy recovery.
为了得到min J,能量回收控制模型的约束条件可以包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。本申请实施例将电压约束和电压增量约束作为约束条件进行阐述。To obtain min J, the constraints of the energy recovery control model can include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints. The embodiments of the present application describe voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints as constraints.
在确定约束条件时,需要确保前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1小于u d1和u q1能够达到的最大值,后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2小于u d2和u q2能够达到的最大值,还需要确保助力电力M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3能够小于u d3和u q3能够达到的最大值。在车速v低于车速下限值v min(即v<v min)时,前驱电机M1产生前轮的回馈力矩的过程中回馈制动产生的能量小于动力电池充电过程的损耗。在这种情况下,若电动汽车同时进行制动且能量回收,则需要终止能量回收,仅进行制动。制动所需要的制动力由制动系统提供,此时,前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1可以为u d1和u q1能够达到的最小值,后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2可以为u d2和u q2能够达到的最小值,而且,助力电力M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3可以为u d3和u q3能够达到的最小值。 When determining the constraints, it is necessary to ensure that the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front-drive motor M1 are smaller than the maximum values u d1 and u q1 can reach, and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u of the rear-drive motor M2 q2 is smaller than the maximum values that u d2 and u q2 can reach, and it is also necessary to ensure that the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the assisting power M3 can be smaller than the maximum values that u d3 and u q3 can reach. When the vehicle speed v is lower than the vehicle speed lower limit value v min (ie v<v min ), the energy generated by the regenerative braking during the process of generating the feedback torque of the front wheel by the front-wheel drive motor M1 is less than the loss during the charging process of the power battery. In this case, if the electric vehicle performs braking and energy recovery at the same time, the energy recovery needs to be terminated and only braking is performed. The braking force required for braking is provided by the braking system. At this time, the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 can be the minimum values that u d1 and u q1 can reach, and the direct axis voltage u d1 of the rear drive motor M2 can be reached. The axial voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 can be the minimum values that u d2 and u q2 can achieve, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assisting power M3 can be the minimum values that u d3 and u q3 can achieve minimum value.
于是,电压约束可以用公式表示为:Thus, the voltage constraint can be formulated as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000065
式中,u min1表示前驱电机M1的电压最小值,u max1表示前驱电机M1的电压最大值,u min2表示后驱电机M2的电压最小值,u max3表示后驱电机M2的电压最大值,u min3表示助力电机M3的电压最小值,u max3表示助力电机M3的电压最大值,u d1表示前驱电机M1的直轴电压,u q1表示前驱电机M1的交轴电压,u d2表示后驱电机M2的直轴电压,u q2表示后驱电机M2的交轴电压,u d3表示助力电机M3的直轴电压,u q3表示助力电机M3的交轴电压。 In the formula, u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the front drive motor M1, u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the front drive motor M1, u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the rear drive motor M2, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the rear drive motor M2, u min3 represents the minimum voltage of the booster motor M3, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the booster motor M3, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the front drive motor M1, and u d2 represents the rear drive motor M2 , u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the rear drive motor M2, u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the booster motor M3, and u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the booster motor M3.
在上述电压约束的基础上,还需要满足电压增量约束。电压增量约束可以为前驱电机M1的直轴电压增量小于前驱电机M1的直轴电压增量能够达到的最大值(即前驱电机M1的直轴电压增量最大值),后驱电机M2的直轴电压增量小于后驱电机M2的直轴电压增量能够达到的最大值(即后驱电机M2的直轴电压增量最大值),助力电机M3的直轴电压增量小于助力电机M3的直轴电压增量能够达到的最大值(即助力电机M3的直轴电压增量最大值)。On the basis of the above voltage constraints, the voltage increment constraints also need to be satisfied. The voltage increment constraint can be that the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1 is less than the maximum value that can be achieved by the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1 (that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1), and that of the rear-drive motor M2. The direct-axis voltage increment is smaller than the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear drive motor M2 (that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2), and the direct-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3 is smaller than that of the booster motor M3 The maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment that can be reached (that is, the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3).
进一步地,电压增量约束可以用公式表示为:Further, the voltage increment constraint can be formulated as:
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-000066
式中,‖Δu d1‖表示前驱电机M1的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q1‖表示前驱电机M1的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d1max‖表示所述前驱电机M1直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q1max‖表示前驱电机M1的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d2‖表示后驱电机M2的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q2‖表示后驱电机M2的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d2max‖表示后驱电机M2的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q2max‖表示后驱电机M2的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d3‖表示所述助力电机M3的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q3‖表示助力电机M3的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d3max‖表示助力电机M3的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q3max‖表示助力电机M3的交轴电压增量最大值。 In the formula, ‖Δu d1 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1, ‖Δu q1 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1, and ‖Δu d1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the front-wheel motor M1 , ‖Δu q1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the front-drive motor M1, ‖Δu d2 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2, ‖Δu q2 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2, ‖Δu d2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2, ‖Δu q2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the rear-drive motor M2, ‖Δu d3 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 Increment, ‖Δu q3 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3, ‖Δu d3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3, ‖Δu q3max ‖ represents the maximum quadrature-axis voltage increment of the booster motor M3 value.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例将输入至能量回收控制模型的前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2、助力电机M3的电角速度ω r3、前驱电机M1的i d1和i q1、后驱电机M2的i d2和i q2、助力电机M3的i d3和i q3、电动汽车的车速v以及参考制动减速度a ref作为状态变量,将从能量回收控制模型输出的前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1、后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2以及助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3作为控制变量,以电动汽车的实际制动减速度、实际的前后轮制动力分配比以及制动系统的实际制动功率为目标(以电动汽车的参考制动减速度和理想的前后轮制动力分配比为跟踪目标,并以制动系统输出的实际制动功率为0作为优化目标),构建了能量回收控制模型。 It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front-drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ω r2 of the rear-drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the assist motor M3, and the i of the front-drive motor M1 are input into the energy recovery control model. d1 and i q1 , i d2 and i q2 of the rear drive motor M2 , i d3 and i q3 of the booster motor M3 , the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration a ref as state variables, will be output from the energy recovery control model The direct axis voltage u d1 and quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1, the direct axis voltage u d2 and quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 are taken as The control variables are based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the actual braking power of the braking system (with the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution). ratio as the tracking target, and taking the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target), an energy recovery control model is constructed.
在确定了能量回收控制模型的基础上,可以结合获取的前驱电机M1的电角速度、后驱电机M2的电角速度、助力电机M3的电角速度、前驱电机M1的电流信息、后驱电机M2的电流信息、助力电机M3的电流信息、电动汽车的车速以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度,实现控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Based on the determination of the energy recovery control model, the obtained electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, the current information of the front drive motor M1, and the current of the rear drive motor M2 can be combined. information, the current information of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, so as to control the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery.
图3示出了本申请实施例提供的车制动方法的一个流程示意图。以下步骤S202a1至步骤202a3和步骤202b1至步骤202b3均可以参考图3实现。FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following steps S202a1 to 202a3 and steps 202b1 to 202b3 can all be implemented with reference to FIG. 3 .
在一种示例中,控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收的过程400(如图4所示)可以通过以下步骤S202a1至步骤S202a3实现。In an example, the process 400 (as shown in FIG. 4 ) of controlling the electric vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery can be implemented through the following steps S202a1 to S202a3.
步骤S202a1:参考图3和图4,将前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2、助力电机M3的电角速度ω r3、前驱电机M1的电流信息(包括i d1和i q1)、后驱电机M2的电流信息(包括i d2和i q2)、助力电机M3的电流信息(包括i d3和i q3)、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a ref输入上述能量回收控制模型(通过图1的ECU实现),求解得到电机的电压信息。需要说明的是,求解得到的电机的电压信息 包括前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1,后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2,以及助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3Step S202a1: Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, compare the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ω r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the assist motor M3, and the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), the current information of the booster motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ), the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a of the electric vehicle ref is input to the above-mentioned energy recovery control model (implemented by the ECU in Figure 1), and the voltage information of the motor is obtained by solving. It should be noted that the obtained voltage information of the motor includes the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 , the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 , and the booster motor M3 The direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 .
步骤S202a2:参考图3和图4,基于前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1确定前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1,基于后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2确定后驱电机M2输出的第二力矩T m2,并基于助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3确定助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3Step S202a2: Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4, determine the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 based on the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1, based on the direct axis voltage u d2 of the rear drive motor M2 and The quadrature axis voltage u q2 determines the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2, and determines the third torque T m3 output by the assist motor M3 based on the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assist motor M3.
更进一步地,前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1的同时,前驱电机M1还可以产生的第一能量P M1。同样,后驱电机M2输出的第二力矩T m2的同时,后驱电机M3还可以产生第二能量P M1。需要说明的是,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2属于驱动电机,电机在输出力矩(即第一力矩T m1和第二力矩T m2)的同时,会产生能量(即第一能量P M1和第二能量P M2)。而助力电机M3与制动系统耦合,所以助力电机M3只输出力矩(即第三力矩T m3),不产生能量。 Furthermore, while the first torque T m1 is output by the front drive motor M1, the front drive motor M1 can also generate the first energy P M1 . Similarly, while the rear drive motor M2 outputs the second torque T m2 , the rear drive motor M3 can also generate the second energy P M1 . It should be noted that the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 belong to drive motors, and the motors will generate energy (ie, the first energy P M1 and the second torque T m2 ) while outputting torque (ie, the first torque T m1 and the second torque T m2 ). Two energy P M2 ). The booster motor M3 is coupled with the braking system, so the booster motor M3 only outputs torque (ie, the third torque T m3 ), and does not generate energy.
步骤S202a3:基于电机输出的力矩,并通过电动汽车的制动系统控制车辆进行制动,并将电机产生的能量存储至动力电池中。Step S202a3: Based on the torque output by the motor, control the vehicle to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle, and store the energy generated by the motor into the power battery.
进一步地,参考图3和图4,根据前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1,通过第一传动机构G(gear)1产生前轮的回馈力矩T mf。同时,根据后驱电机M3输出的第二力矩T m2,通过第二传动机构G(gear)2产生后轮的回馈力矩T mrFurther, referring to FIGS. 3 and 4 , according to the first torque T m1 output by the front-drive motor M1 , the feedback torque T mf of the front wheels is generated by the first transmission mechanism G(gear) 1 . At the same time, according to the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M3 , the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheels is generated through the second transmission mechanism G(gear) 2 .
再进一步地,仍参考图3和图4,助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3推动制动系统B2中的制动主缸MC(master cylinder)的活塞建压(即制动主缸MC输出主缸油压P c)。接着主缸油压P c推动前轮制动器中的制动轮缸FC(front cylinder)产生前轮的制动力矩T hf,而且主缸油压P c推动后轮制动器中的制动轮缸RC(rear cylinder)产生后轮的制动力矩T hrStill further, referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 , the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 pushes the piston of the master cylinder MC (master cylinder) in the braking system B2 to build up pressure (that is, the output of the master cylinder MC). Master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC (front cylinder) in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake (rear cylinder) produces a rear wheel braking torque T hr .
更进一步地,将前轮的回馈力矩T mf和前轮的制动力矩T hf控制前轮进行制动,并根据后轮的回馈力矩T mr和后轮的制动力矩T hr控制后轮进行制动。同时,将上述的第一能量P M1和第二能量P M2存储至动力电池中。 Further, the front wheel is controlled to brake by the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the rear wheel is controlled according to the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel. brake. At the same time, the above-mentioned first energy P M1 and second energy P M2 are stored in the power battery.
可以理解的,将前轮的回馈力矩T mf和前轮的制动力矩T hf控制前轮进行制动,并根据后轮的回馈力矩T mr和后轮的制动力矩T hr控制后轮进行制动,也就是控制图3中的电动汽车EV(electric vehicle)进行制动。 It can be understood that the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel are used to control the front wheel to brake, and the rear wheel is controlled to perform braking according to the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel. Braking, that is, controlling the electric vehicle EV (electric vehicle) in Figure 3 to brake.
需要说明的是,可以根据前轮的回馈力矩T mf和前轮的制动力矩T hf叠加,得到前轮的力矩T f,接着根据前轮的力矩T f和前轮的半径(即前文的车轮的半径R e)得到前轮制动器施加到前轮的制动力F f1,进而通过前轮制动器施加到前轮的制动力F f控制前轮进行制动。还可以将后轮的回馈力矩T mr和后轮的制动力矩T hr叠加,得到后轮的力矩T r,接着,根据后轮的力矩T r和后轮的半径(即前文的车轮的半径R e)得到后轮制动器施加到后轮的制动 力F r1,进而通过后轮制动器施加到后轮的制动力F r控制后轮进行制动。 It should be noted that the torque T f of the front wheel can be obtained by superimposing the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel and the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and then according to the torque T f of the front wheel and the radius of the front wheel (that is, the preceding The radius Re ) of the wheel obtains the braking force F f1 applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel, and then controls the front wheel to brake through the braking force F f applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel. It is also possible to superimpose the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel and the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel to obtain the torque T r of the rear wheel. Re ) obtains the braking force Fr1 applied by the rear wheel brake to the rear wheel, and then controls the rear wheel to brake through the braking force Fr applied to the rear wheel by the rear wheel brake.
本申请实施例将通过能量回收控制器得到的前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1直接作用于前驱电机M1,将后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2直接作用于后驱电机M2,且将助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3直接作用于助力电机M3,也就是说本申请实施例直接控制前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2以及助力电机M3,进而通过前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2以及助力电机M3实现电动汽车仅进行制动的控制,或者实现电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收的控制。与采用下层控制器(包括制动控制单元和电机控制单元)间接制动的方案相比,不仅减少了控制环节,缩短了电动汽车的制动时间,且降低了控制成本。 In the embodiment of the present application, the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front-drive motor M1 obtained through the energy recovery controller directly act on the front-drive motor M1, and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u of the rear-drive motor M2 q2 directly acts on the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the assist motor M3 directly act on the assist motor M3, that is to say, the embodiment of the present application directly controls the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 And the booster motor M3, and then through the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the electric vehicle can only be braked, or the electric vehicle can be braked and the braking energy recovery can be enabled. Compared with the indirect braking scheme using the lower-level controller (including the braking control unit and the motor control unit), it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the electric vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
在另一种示例中,在控制电动汽车进行制动(仅控制电动汽车进行制动,不控制电动汽车开启制动能量回收)的过程中,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不转动,只有助力电机M3转动。因此,前驱电机M1的电流信息(包括i d1和i q1)、前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电流信息(包括i d2和i q2)以及后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2均为0,助力电机M3的电流信息(包括i d3和i q3)和电角速度ω r3不为0。 In another example, in the process of controlling the electric vehicle to brake (only controlling the electric vehicle to brake, not controlling the electric vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery), the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate, and only power assist Motor M3 rotates. Therefore, the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front drive motor M1 , the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), and the electrical angular velocity ω of the rear drive motor M2 Both r2 are 0, and the current information (including i d3 and i q3 ) and the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the booster motor M3 are not 0.
如图5所示,控制电动汽车进行制动(仅控制电动汽车进行制动,不控制电动汽车开启制动能量回收)的过程500可以通过以下步骤S202b1至步骤S202b3实现。As shown in FIG. 5 , the process 500 of controlling the electric vehicle to brake (only controlling the electric vehicle to brake, not controlling the electric vehicle to enable braking energy recovery) can be implemented through the following steps S202b1 to S202b3.
步骤S202b1:参考图3和图5,将前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2、助力电机M3的电角速度ω r3、前驱电机M1的电流信息(包括i d1和i q1)、后驱电机M2的电流信息(包括i d2和i q2)、助力电机M3的电流信息(包括i d3和i q3)、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a ref输入能量回收控制模型,求解得到电机的电压信息。 Step S202b1: Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5, compare the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ω r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the assist motor M3, and the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ), the current information of the booster motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ), the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a of the electric vehicle ref inputs the energy recovery control model and solves to obtain the voltage information of the motor.
需要说明的是,由于仅制动过程中,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不转动,助力电机M3转动,前驱电机M1的电流信息(包括i d1和i q1)、前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电流信息(包括i d2和i q2)以及后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2均为0,助力电机M3的电流信息(包括i d3和i q3)和电角速度ω r3不为0。因此,可以认为输入至能量回收控制模型的有助力电机M3的直轴电流i d3、交轴电流i q3和电角速度ω r3、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a refIt should be noted that, because only during the braking process, the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate, and the booster motor M3 rotates, the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the electrical angular velocity ω of the front drive motor M1 r1 , the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ) and the electrical angular velocity ω r2 of the rear drive motor M2 are all 0, and the current information of the assist motor M3 (including id3 and i q3 ) and the electrical angular velocity ω r3 not 0. Therefore, it can be considered that the direct-axis current i d3 , the quadrature-axis current i q3 and the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the booster motor M3 , the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle are input to the energy recovery control model.
还需要说明的是,求解得到的电机的电压信息包括前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1,后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2,以及助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3。但是由于前驱电机M1的电流信息(包括i d1和i q1)、前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电流信息(包括i d2和i q2)以及后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2均为0,所以求解得到的前驱电机的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1以及后驱电机M2的直轴 电压u d2和交轴电压u q2均为0,助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3不为0。于是,可以认为求解得到的电机的电压信息只有助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3It should also be noted that the obtained voltage information of the motor includes the direct axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor M1 , the direct axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 , and the booster motor The direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of M3. However, due to the current information of the front drive motor M1 (including id1 and i q1 ), the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front drive motor M1, the current information of the rear drive motor M2 (including id2 and i q2 ) and the electrical angular velocity ω of the rear drive motor M2 r2 is all 0, so the direct-axis voltage u d1 and quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front-drive motor and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear-drive motor M2 are all 0, and the direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 is 0. The voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 are not zero. Therefore, it can be considered that the voltage information of the motor obtained by the solution is only the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 .
步骤S202b2:参考3和图5,根据助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3确定助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3Step S202b2: Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , determine the third torque T m3 output by the assisting motor M3 according to the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the assisting motor M3.
需要说明的是,由于前驱电机的直轴电压u d1、前驱电机的交轴电压u q1、后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和后驱电机M2的交轴电压u q2均为0,助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3不为0,所以前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1和后驱电机M2输出的第二力矩T m2均为0,助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3不为0。 It should be noted that since the direct axis voltage u d1 of the front drive motor, the quadrature axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor, the direct axis voltage u d2 of the rear drive motor M2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 are all 0, the power assist The direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the motor M3 are not 0, so the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 and the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2 are both 0. The third moment T m3 is not zero.
步骤S202b3:参考3和图5,基于助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3,通过电动汽车的制动系统控制车辆进行制动。 Step S202b3 : Referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , based on the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 , the braking system of the electric vehicle is used to control the vehicle to brake.
进一步地,仍参考3和图5,助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3推动制动系统B2中的制动主缸DAP的活塞建压(即DAP输出主缸油压P c)。接着主缸油压P c推动前轮制动器中的制动轮缸FC产生前轮的制动力矩T hf,而且主缸油压P c推动后轮制动器中的制动轮缸RC产生后轮的制动力矩T hrFurther, still referring to FIG. 3 and FIG. 5 , the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3 pushes the piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 to build up pressure (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
更进一步地,根据前轮的制动力矩T hf控制前轮进行制动,并基于后轮的制动力矩T hr控制后轮进行制动。 Furthermore, the front wheels are controlled to perform braking according to the braking torque T hf of the front wheels, and the rear wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque T hr of the rear wheels.
需要说明的是,根据前轮的制动力矩T hf和前轮的半径(即前文的车轮的半径R e)得到前轮制动器施加到前轮的制动力F f2,进而通过前轮制动器施加到前轮的制动力F f2控制前轮进行制动。还可以根据后轮的制动力矩T hr和后轮的半径(即前文的车轮的半径R e)得到后轮制动器施加到后轮的制动力F r2,进而通过后轮制动器施加到后轮的制动力F r2控制后轮进行制动。 It should be noted that the braking force F f2 applied by the front wheel brake to the front wheel is obtained according to the braking torque T hf of the front wheel and the radius of the front wheel (ie, the radius Re of the wheel above), and then applied to the front wheel through the front wheel brake. The braking force F f2 of the front wheel controls the braking of the front wheel. The braking force F r2 applied by the rear wheel brake to the rear wheel can also be obtained according to the braking torque T hr of the rear wheel and the radius of the rear wheel (ie, the radius Re of the wheel above), and then applied to the rear wheel through the rear wheel brake. The braking force F r2 controls the rear wheels to brake.
可以理解的,在步骤202a1至步骤202a3实现电动汽车同时进行制动和能量回收的过程中,在动力电池B1为前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2、助力电机M3以及ECU供电的基础上,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2可以产生能量,产生的能量将存储至动力电池B1中。It can be understood that, in the process of realizing the simultaneous braking and energy recovery of the electric vehicle from steps 202a1 to 202a3, the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, the booster motor M3 and the ECU are powered by the power battery B1. M1 and the rear drive motor M2 can generate energy, and the generated energy will be stored in the power battery B1.
还可以理解的,在步骤202b1至步骤202b3控制电动汽车进行制动过程中,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不会产生能量,动力电池B1用于为前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2、助力电机M3以及ECU供电。It can also be understood that in the process of controlling the electric vehicle to brake in steps 202b1 to 202b3, the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor M2 do not generate energy, and the power battery B1 is used for the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, and the booster motor. M3 and ECU power supply.
图6为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动方法的一个流程示意图,过程600可以通过以下步骤S601至步骤S604实现。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a vehicle braking method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the process 600 may be implemented through the following steps S601 to S604.
步骤S601:获取电动汽车上动力电池的荷电状态SOC。Step S601: Obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例可以根据动力电池的外特性,采用放电实验法、开路电压法、安时积分法、卡尔曼滤波法、神经网络法等方法得到动力电池的剩余容 量。之后,根据得到动力电池的剩余容量和荷电状态SOC的定义进而得到动力电池的荷电状态SOC。In a possible implementation manner, according to the external characteristics of the power battery, in the embodiment of the present application, the discharge experiment method, the open circuit voltage method, the ampere-hour integration method, the Kalman filter method, the neural network method and other methods can be used to obtain the remaining power of the power battery. capacity. After that, according to the definition of the remaining capacity of the power battery and the state of charge SOC, the state of charge SOC of the power battery is obtained.
步骤S602:获取电机的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息。Step S602: Acquire state information of the motor and state information of the electric vehicle.
例如,获取前驱电机M1的电角速度、后驱电机M2的电角速度、助力电机M3的电角速度、前驱电机M1的电流信息、后驱电机M2的电流信息和助力电机M3的电流信息。For example, obtain the electrical angular velocity of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity of the assist motor M3, the current information of the front drive motor M1, the current information of the rear drive motor M2, and the current information of the assist motor M3.
又例如,获取电动汽车的车速和电动汽车的参考制动减速度。For another example, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle are obtained.
步骤S603:基于电机的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息,构建能量回收控制模型。Step S603: Build an energy recovery control model based on the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle.
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图7所示,构建能量回收控制模型的过程700可以按照以下步骤S703a至步骤S703e进行构建。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 7 , the process 700 of constructing an energy recovery control model may be constructed according to the following steps S703a to S703e.
步骤S703a:基于电机的电磁力矩方程、电机的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程确定车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系。Step S703a: Determine the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system.
步骤S703b:基于车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系、电动汽车的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程确定电动汽车的状态方程。Step S703b: Determine the state equation of the electric vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
步骤S703c:基于电动汽车的状态方程和电机的电流信息确定电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩。Step S703c: Determine the actual braking deceleration and wheel torque of the electric vehicle based on the state equation of the electric vehicle and the current information of the motor.
步骤S703d:基于电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩,确定能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数共三个目标函数。Step S703d: Based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels, three objective functions in total, the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are determined.
其中,第一目标函数是以电动汽车的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,并基于电动汽车的实际制动减速度确定的。第二目标函数是以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标,并基于车轮的力矩确定的。第三目标函数是以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标,并基于车轮的力矩确定的。Wherein, the first objective function takes the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle as the target, and is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle. The second objective function takes the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio to meet the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal, and is determined based on the torque of the wheels. The third objective function is to minimize the braking power of the braking system and is determined based on the torque of the wheels.
步骤S703e:根据第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定能量回收控制模型的约束条件。Step S703e: Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可以先设定第一目标函数的第一加权系数、第二目标函数的第二加权系数以及第三目标函数的第三加权系数;然后采用第一加权系数、第二加权系数和第三加权系数对三个目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,得到能量回收控制模型的目标函数。In a possible implementation manner, the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function, and the third weighting coefficient of the third objective function may be set first; then the first weighting coefficient, The second weighting coefficient and the third weighting coefficient weight the three objective functions, and take the minimum value of the weighted function as the goal to obtain the objective function of the energy recovery control model.
示例性的,为了实现加权后的函数值最小,能量回收控制模型的约束条件可以包括电压约束和电压增量约束。Exemplarily, in order to achieve the minimum weighted function value, the constraints of the energy recovery control model may include voltage constraints and voltage increment constraints.
需要说明的是,上述步骤S703a中的电机电磁力矩方程、机械方程和制动系统的状态方程、车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系、电动汽车的纵向动力学方程、电机的电压方程、电动汽车的状态方程、三个目标函数、能量回收控制模型的目标函数、电压约束 和电压增量约束均可以用公式表示,相应的公式可以参见前文介绍,本申请实施例不做赘述。It should be noted that in the above step S703a, the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation and the state equation of the braking system, the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor , the state equation of the electric vehicle, the three objective functions, the objective function of the energy recovery control model, the voltage constraint and the voltage increment constraint can all be expressed by formulas, and the corresponding formulas can be found in the previous introduction, which is not repeated in the embodiments of this application.
步骤S604:判断步骤S601获取的荷电状态SOC是否大于预设的荷电状态阈值(本申请实施例以0.90为例),若步骤S601获取的荷电状态SOC大于0.90,按照以下步骤S605a至步骤S605c控制电动汽车进行制动(即仅控制电动汽车进行制动,不控制电动汽车开启制动能量回收)。步骤S601获取的荷电状态SOC小于等于0.90,按照以下步骤S605a’至步骤S605c’控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Step S604: Determine whether the state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is greater than the preset state of charge threshold (0.90 is taken as an example in the embodiment of this application). If the state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is greater than 0.90, follow steps S605a to S605a to S605c controls the electric vehicle to brake (that is, only controls the electric vehicle to brake, and does not control the electric vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery). The state of charge SOC obtained in step S601 is less than or equal to 0.90, and the electric vehicle is controlled to perform braking and turn on braking energy recovery according to the following steps S605a' to S605c'.
在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤S605a至步骤S605c可以通过以下过程实现。In a possible implementation manner, steps S605a to S605c may be implemented through the following processes.
步骤S605a:将前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3各自的电角速度、三个电机各自的电流信息(直轴电流和交轴电流)、电动汽车的车速和参考制动减速度输入步骤503构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到三个电机各自的电压信息(包括直轴电压和交轴电压)。Step S605a: Input the respective electrical angular velocities of the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the current information (direct axis current and quadrature axis current) of the three motors, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration step The energy recovery control model constructed by 503 is solved to obtain the respective voltage information of the three motors (including the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage).
需要说明的是,由于电动汽车仅进行制动,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不转动,只有助力电机M3转动,所以相当于输入能量回收控制模型的只有助力电机M3的电角速度、助力电机M3的直轴电流、助力电机M3的交轴电流、电动汽车的车速以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度。通过求解能量回收控制模型得到的电压信息也只有助力电机M3的直轴电压和助力电机M3的交轴电压。It should be noted that since the electric vehicle only performs braking, the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate, and only the booster motor M3 rotates. Therefore, only the electrical angular velocity of the booster motor M3 and the booster motor M3 are equivalent to the input energy recovery control model. The direct-axis current, the quadrature-axis current of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle. The voltage information obtained by solving the energy recovery control model is only the direct-axis voltage of the booster motor M3 and the quadrature-axis voltage of the booster motor M3.
步骤S605b:基于助力电机M3的直轴电压和交轴电压确定助力电机M3输出的第三力矩。Step S605b: Determine the third torque output by the assisting motor M3 based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the assisting motor M3.
步骤605c:基于助力电机M3输出的第三力矩,通过电动汽车的制动系统控制电动汽车进行制动。Step 605c: Based on the third torque output by the booster motor M3, control the electric vehicle to perform braking through the braking system of the electric vehicle.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,605a’至步骤605c’可以通过以下过程实现。In another possible implementation manner, steps 605a' to 605c' can be implemented through the following processes.
步骤S605a’:将前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3各自的电角速度、三个电机各自的电流信息(直轴电流和交轴电流)、电动汽车的车速和参考制动减速度输入步骤S503构建的能量回收控制模型,得到三个电机各自的电压信息(包括直轴电压和交轴电压)。Step S605a': Input the respective electrical angular velocities of the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3, the current information (direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current) of the three motors, the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration as input The energy recovery control model constructed in step S503 obtains the respective voltage information (including the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage) of the three motors.
步骤S605b’:根据三个电机各自的电压信息确定三个电机各自的力矩以及前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2产生的能量。Step S605b': Determine the respective torques of the three motors and the energy generated by the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 according to the respective voltage information of the three motors.
步骤S605c’:基于三个电机各自输出的力矩(即第一力矩、第二力矩和第三力矩),并通过电动汽车的制动系统控制电动汽车进行制动,并将前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2各自产生的能量(即第一能量和第二能量)存储至动力电池中。Step S605c': Based on the torques output by the three motors (ie, the first torque, the second torque, and the third torque), the electric vehicle is controlled to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle, and the front-drive motor M1 and the rear-drive motor are braked. The energy (ie, the first energy and the second energy) generated by the motor M2 is stored in the power battery.
图8为本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置的一个结构示意图。如图8所示,本申请实 施例提供的车辆制动装置800可以包括获取模块801和控制模块802。其中,获取模块801用于获取电动汽车上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;控制模块802,用于在荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,控制电动汽车进行制动;还用于在荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值时,控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle braking device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the vehicle braking device 800 provided in this embodiment of the present application may include an acquisition module 801 and a control module 802. The acquisition module 801 is used to acquire the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the electric vehicle; the control module 802 is used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold; When the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, the electric vehicle is controlled to perform braking and braking energy recovery is enabled.
图8所示的车辆制动装置800能够通过动力电池的荷电状态SOC确定是否需要在控制车辆进行制动的同时控制车辆开启制动能量回收,也就是根据荷电状态SOC实现了电动汽车仅进行制动的控制,或者实现了电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收的控制,实现了能量的控制和再利用,而且回收的能量能够有效增加电动汽车的续航能力,实现节能减排。另外,在电动汽车需要进行制动时,能够实现电动汽车在仅进行制动与同时进行制动和能量回收之间切换,在不影响电动汽车制动的前提下,可以有效增加电动汽车的续航能力。The vehicle braking device 800 shown in FIG. 8 can determine whether it is necessary to control the vehicle to brake while controlling the vehicle to turn on the braking energy recovery through the state of charge SOC of the power battery, that is, according to the state of charge SOC, the electric vehicle can only be The control of braking, or the control of electric vehicle braking and opening of braking energy recovery, realizes the control and reuse of energy, and the recovered energy can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle and realize energy saving and emission reduction. In addition, when the electric vehicle needs to be braked, the electric vehicle can switch between only braking and braking and energy recovery at the same time, which can effectively increase the battery life of the electric vehicle without affecting the braking of the electric vehicle. ability.
如图9所示,车辆制动装置800还可以包括判断模块803,该判断模块803用于判断获取的荷电状态SOC是否大于预设的荷电状态阈值。As shown in FIG. 9 , the vehicle braking device 800 may further include a determination module 803 for determining whether the acquired state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold.
需要说明的是,可以根据动力电池的外特性(如动力电池的内阻、开路电压、温度、电流等参数)获取动力电池的荷电状态SOC。获取荷电状态SOC的详细过程请参考前文车辆制动方法中的介绍,本申请不做赘述。It should be noted that the state of charge SOC of the power battery can be obtained according to the external characteristics of the power battery (such as parameters such as internal resistance, open circuit voltage, temperature, current, etc. of the power battery). For the detailed process of obtaining the state of charge SOC, please refer to the introduction in the preceding vehicle braking method, which is not repeated in this application.
另外,上述的荷电状态阈值可以根据动力电池的额定容量设置。当然,还可以根据动力电池的使用时间,设置不同的荷电状态阈值。In addition, the above-mentioned state-of-charge threshold can be set according to the rated capacity of the power battery. Of course, different state-of-charge thresholds can also be set according to the usage time of the power battery.
在一种示例中,上述获取模块801还用于:获取电动汽车上电机(即上文提及的三个电机)的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息。In an example, the above obtaining module 801 is further configured to: obtain the state information of the motors on the electric vehicle (that is, the three motors mentioned above) and the state information of the electric vehicle.
进一步地,三个电机的状态信息包括三个电机的电角速度和/或三个电机的电流信息。Further, the state information of the three motors includes electrical angular velocities of the three motors and/or current information of the three motors.
其中,三个电机的电角速度包括前文所提及的三个单机各自的电角速度,还可以包括三个电机各自的直轴电流和交轴电流。The electrical angular velocities of the three motors include the respective electrical angular velocities of the three single machines mentioned above, and may also include the respective direct-axis currents and quadrature-axis currents of the three motors.
更进一步地,车辆的状态信息包括车辆的车速和/或参考制动减速度。Further, the state information of the vehicle includes the vehicle speed and/or the reference braking deceleration.
其中,电动汽车的参考制动减速度可以根据行程传感器采集的制动踏板行程,并通过电动汽车的纵向动力学方程得到。Among them, the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle can be obtained according to the brake pedal stroke collected by the stroke sensor and through the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle.
如图10所示,车辆制动装置800还包括建模模块804,该建模模块804可以用于构建能量回收控制模型。As shown in FIG. 10 , the vehicle braking device 800 further includes a modeling module 804 that can be used to construct an energy recovery control model.
进一步地,能量回收控制模型可以包括目标函数和约束条件。其中,目标函数可以包括第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数,约束条件可以包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。Further, the energy recovery control model may include objective functions and constraints. The objective function may include a first objective function, a second objective function and a third objective function, and the constraints may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
在一种可能的实现方式中,建模模块804通过以下步骤S801a’至步骤S801e’构建能 量回收控制模型。In a possible implementation manner, the modeling module 804 constructs an energy recovery control model through the following steps S801a' to S801e'.
步骤S801a’:建模模块基于电机的电磁力矩方程、电机的机械方程和制动系统的状态方程确定车轮的力矩与电机的电流信息之间的关系。Step S801a': The modeling module determines the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the motor, the mechanical equation of the motor, and the state equation of the braking system.
需要解释的是,这里电磁力矩方程、机械方程和制动系统的状态方程可以参考前文的公式。如前文所描述,车轮的力矩与三个电机的电流信息之间的关系包括前轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系、后轮的制动力矩与助力电机M3的交轴电流之间的关系、前轮的回馈力矩与前驱电机M1的交轴电流之间的关系以及后轮的回馈力矩与后驱电机M2的交轴电流之间的关系。这四个关系可以参考前文的公式,本申请不做赘述。It should be explained that the electromagnetic torque equation, the mechanical equation and the state equation of the braking system can refer to the previous formulas. As described above, the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors includes the relationship between the braking torque of the front wheel and the quadrature current of the booster motor M3, the braking torque of the rear wheel and the torque of the booster motor M3 The relationship between the quadrature axis current, the relationship between the feedback torque of the front wheel and the quadrature axis current of the front drive motor M1, and the relationship between the feedback torque of the rear wheel and the quadrature axis current of the rear drive motor M2. For these four relationships, reference may be made to the foregoing formulas, which will not be described in detail in this application.
步骤S801b’:基于车轮的力矩与三个电机的电流信息之间的关系、电动汽车的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程确定车辆的状态方程。Step S801b': Determine the state equation of the vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle, and the voltage equation of the motor.
需要说明的是,步骤801b’中车轮的力矩与三个电机的电流信息之间的关系即为步骤S801a’中的四个关系。另外,电动汽车的纵向动力学方程和电机的电压方程同样也可以参考前文的公式。It should be noted that the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the three motors in step S801b' is the four relationships in step S801a'. In addition, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle and the voltage equation of the motor can also refer to the previous formulas.
步骤S801c’:基于车辆的状态方程和电机的电流信息确定车辆的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩。Step S801c': Determine the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels based on the state equation of the vehicle and the current information of the motor.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩(包括前轮的制动力矩、后轮的制动力矩、前轮的回馈力矩以及后轮的回馈力矩)可以通过获取模块701获取的三个电机的直轴电流和交轴电流,并结合电动汽车的状态方程以及上述的四个关系得到。In a possible implementation manner, the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheels (including the braking torque of the front wheels, the braking torque of the rear wheels, the feedback torque of the front wheels, and the feedback torque of the rear wheels) can be The direct-axis current and the quadrature-axis current of the three motors obtained by the obtaining module 701 are obtained by combining the state equation of the electric vehicle and the above four relationships.
步骤S801d’:根据电动汽车的实际制动减速度和车轮的力矩,得到能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数共三个目标函数。Step S801d': According to the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the torque of the wheel, three objective functions in total, the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are obtained.
如前文所描述的,第一目标函数是以电动汽车的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,基于电动汽车的实际制动减速度确定的。第二目标函数是以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标,基于车轮的力矩确定的。第三目标函数以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标,基于车轮的力矩确定的。As described above, the first objective function is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, aiming at the trackable reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle. The second objective function is determined based on the torque of the wheels, with the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meeting the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the goal. The third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, and is determined based on the torque of the wheels.
一方面,上述的第一目标函数是以电动汽车的能够跟踪参考制动减速度为目标,能够保证电动汽车制动的平顺性,提高驾驶体验。另一方面,上述的第二目标函数以实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足理想的前后轮制动力分配比为目标表示实际的前后轮制动力分配比与理想的前后轮制动力分配比之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,也就是尽可能使实际的前后轮制动力分配比满足ECE法规要求,保证电动汽车制动的安全性。再一方面,第三目标函数以制动系统的制动功率最小为目标可以表示实际制动功率与目标制动功率之间偏差的绝对值越小越好,这样前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2在回馈制动的过程中产生的能量就 会越多,进而可以实现最大能量的回收。On the one hand, the above-mentioned first objective function is aimed at tracking the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle, which can ensure the smoothness of the braking of the electric vehicle and improve the driving experience. On the other hand, the above-mentioned second objective function expresses the difference between the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio with the goal that the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio satisfies the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio. The smaller the absolute value of the deviation, the better, that is, to make the actual front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio meet the requirements of ECE regulations as much as possible to ensure the safety of electric vehicle braking. On the other hand, the third objective function takes the minimum braking power of the braking system as the goal, which can indicate that the absolute value of the deviation between the actual braking power and the target braking power is as small as possible, so that the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 are better. In the process of regenerative braking, the more energy is generated, the maximum energy recovery can be achieved.
步骤S801e’:根据第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定能量回收控制模型的约束条件。Step S801e': Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model according to the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述的建模模块804在通过步骤801e’确定能量回收控制模型的目标函数的过程中,可以基于预设的加权系数(包括第一目标函数的第一加权系数、第二目标函数的第二加权系数和第三目标函数的第三加权系数)对第一目标函数、第二目标函数和第三目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,得到能量回收控制模型的目标函数。In a possible implementation manner, in the process of determining the objective function of the energy recovery control model through step 801e', the above-mentioned modeling module 804 may be based on a preset weighting coefficient (including the first weighting coefficient of the first objective function) , the second weighting coefficient of the second objective function and the 3rd weighting coefficient of the 3rd objective function) to the first objective function, the second objective function and the 3rd objective function are weighted, and take the function value after the weighting as the minimum target, The objective function of the energy recovery control model is obtained.
可以理解的,建模模块以电动汽车的参考制动减速度和理想的前后轮制动力分配比为跟踪目标,并以制动系统输出的实际制动功率为0作为优化目标,不仅提高了制动的平顺性和安全性,且实现了最大能量回收。It is understandable that the modeling module takes the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle and the ideal front and rear wheel braking force distribution ratio as the tracking target, and takes the actual braking power output by the braking system as 0 as the optimization target, which not only improves the braking performance. The smoothness and safety of the movement, and the maximum energy recovery is achieved.
如前文所描述的,建模模块804为了实现加权后的函数值最小这一目标,能量回收控制模型的约束条件可以包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。As described above, in order to achieve the goal of minimizing the weighted function value, the constraints of the energy recovery control model may include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
需要解释的是,上述步骤S801d’中三个目标函数各自的表达式、步骤S801e’中能量回收控制模型的目标函数以及约束条件均可以参见前文的相关公式,本申请在此不做赘述。It should be explained that the respective expressions of the three objective functions in the above-mentioned step S801d', the objective function and constraint conditions of the energy recovery control model in the step S801e' can all refer to the relevant formulas above, which are not repeated in this application.
在建模模块804完成能量回收控制模型建模的基础上,控制模块802可以结合获取模块801获取的三个电机各自的电角速度、三个电机各自的直轴电流和交轴电流、电动汽车的车速以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度,实现本申请实施例中控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。On the basis that the modeling module 804 completes the modeling of the energy recovery control model, the control module 802 can combine the electrical angular velocities of the three motors obtained by the obtaining module 801 , the respective direct-axis and quadrature-axis currents of the three motors, and the electric vehicle The vehicle speed and the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle are used to control the electric vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种示例中,控制模块802按照以下步骤S802a1至步骤S802a3实现电动汽车同时进行制动和能量回收。In an example, the control module 802 implements braking and energy recovery of the electric vehicle at the same time according to the following steps S802a1 to S802a3.
步骤S802a1:可以参考图3,控制模块802将前驱电机M1的电角速度ω r1、后驱电机M2的电角速度ω r2、助力电机M3的电角速度ω r3、前驱电机M1的i d1和i q1、后驱电机M2的i d2和i q2、助力电机M3的i d3和i q3、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a ref输入能量回收控制模型,求解得到前驱电机M1的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1,后驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2,以及助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3。。 Step S802a1: Referring to FIG. 3, the control module 802 compares the electrical angular velocity ω r1 of the front drive motor M1, the electrical angular velocity ω r2 of the rear drive motor M2, the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the assist motor M3, the id1 and i q1 of the front drive motor M1, The id2 and i q2 of the rear drive motor M2, the id3 and i q3 of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle are input into the energy recovery control model, and the direct current of the front drive motor M1 is obtained by solving the The shaft voltage u d1 and the quadrature axis voltage u q1 , the direct axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2, and the direct axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3. .
步骤S802a2:继续参考图3,控制模块802基于u d1和u q1确定前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1,基于u d2和u q2确定后驱电机M2输出的第二力矩T m2,并基于u d3和u q3确定助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3Step S802a2: Continuing to refer to FIG. 3, the control module 802 determines the first torque T m1 output by the front drive motor M1 based on u d1 and u q1 , and determines the second torque T m2 output by the rear drive motor M2 based on u d2 and u q2 , and based on u d2 and u q2. u d3 and u q3 determine the third torque T m3 output by the booster motor M3.
控制模块802除了确定T m1、T m2和T m3,控制模块802还需要确定前驱电机M1输出的第一力矩T m1的过程中产生的第一能量P M1,以及后驱电机M2在输出第二力矩T m2的过 程中产生的第二能量P M2In addition to determining T m1 , T m2 and T m3 by the control module 802 , the control module 802 also needs to determine the first energy P M1 generated in the process of the first torque T m1 output by the front-drive motor M1, and the rear-drive motor M2 is outputting the second energy P M1 . The second energy P M2 generated during the torque T m2 .
步骤S802a3:仍参考图3,控制模块802根据T m1,通过第一传动机构G1产生前轮的回馈力矩T mf。同时,控制模块802根据T m2,通过第二传动机构G2产生后轮的回馈力矩T mr。通过T m3推动制动系统B2中的制动主缸DAP的活塞建压(即DAP输出主缸油压P c)。接着主缸油压P c推动前轮制动器中的制动轮缸FC产生前轮的制动力矩T hf,而且主缸油压P c推动后轮制动器中的制动轮缸RC产生后轮的制动力矩T hrStep S802a3 : Still referring to FIG. 3 , the control module 802 generates the feedback torque T mf of the front wheel through the first transmission mechanism G1 according to T m1 . At the same time, the control module 802 generates the feedback torque T mr of the rear wheel through the second transmission mechanism G2 according to T m2 . The piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 is pushed through T m3 to build up the pressure (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
进一步地,控制模块802通过将T mf和T hf叠加,实现对前轮进行制动的控制,且控制模块802通过将T mr和T hr叠加,实现对后轮进行制动的控制。同时,控制模块802将上述的P M1和P M2存储至动力电池中。 Further, the control module 802 realizes the control of braking the front wheel by superimposing T mf and T hf , and the control module 802 realizes the control of braking the rear wheel by superimposing T mr and T hr . At the same time, the control module 802 stores the above-mentioned PM1 and PM2 into the power battery.
上述控制模块802将u d1和u q1直接作用于前驱电机M1,将u d2和u q2直接作用于后驱电机M2,且将u d3和u q3直接作用于助力电机M3,也就是说车辆制动装置700直接控制前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2以及助力电机M3,进而通过前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2以及助力电机M3实现电动汽车仅进行制动的控制,或者实现电动汽车进行制动且制动能量回收的控制。与采用下层控制器间接制动的方案相比,不仅减少了控制环节,缩短了电动汽车的制动时间,且降低了控制成本。 The above-mentioned control module 802 directly acts on u d1 and u q1 on the front drive motor M1, directly acts on u d2 and u q2 on the rear drive motor M2, and acts on u d3 and u q3 directly on the booster motor M3, that is to say, the vehicle system The driving device 700 directly controls the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, and the booster motor M3, and then realizes the control that the electric vehicle only performs braking through the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2, and the booster motor M3, or realizes that the electric vehicle performs braking and Control of braking energy recovery. Compared with the indirect braking scheme using the lower-level controller, it not only reduces the control link, shortens the braking time of the electric vehicle, but also reduces the control cost.
在另一种示例中,控制模块802按照以下步骤S802b1至步骤S802b3实现电动汽车的制动。In another example, the control module 802 implements the braking of the electric vehicle according to the following steps S802b1 to S802b3.
步骤S802b1:控制模块802将助力电机M3的电角速度ω r3、助力电机M3的直轴电流i d3和交轴电流i q3、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a ref输入能量回收控制模型,求解得到助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3。。 Step S802b1: The control module 802 inputs the electrical angular velocity ω r3 of the booster motor M3, the direct-axis current id3 and quadrature-axis current i q3 of the booster motor M3, the vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and the reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle into energy The recovery control model is solved, and the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 are obtained. .
步骤S802b2:控制模块802根据u d3和u q3,确定助力电机M3输出的第三力矩T m3Step S802b2: The control module 802 determines the third torque T m3 output by the assisting motor M3 according to u d3 and u q3 .
步骤S802b3:控制模块802基于T m3,通过电动汽车的制动系统控制电动汽车进行制动。 Step S802b3: Based on T m3 , the control module 802 controls the electric vehicle to brake through the braking system of the electric vehicle.
进一步地,通过T m3推动制动系统B2中的制动主缸DAP的活塞建压(即DAP输出主缸油压P c)。接着主缸油压P c推动前轮制动器中的制动轮缸FC产生前轮的制动力矩T hf,而且主缸油压P c推动后轮制动器中的制动轮缸RC产生后轮的制动力矩T hrFurther, the piston of the master cylinder DAP in the braking system B2 is pushed to build up pressure through T m3 (ie, the DAP outputs the master cylinder oil pressure P c ). Then the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder FC in the front wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the front wheel, and the master cylinder oil pressure P c pushes the brake wheel cylinder RC in the rear wheel brake to generate the braking torque T hf of the rear wheel braking torque T hr .
更进一步地,根据T hf控制前轮进行制动,并基于T hr控制后轮进行制动。 Further, the front wheels are controlled for braking according to Thf , and the rear wheels are controlled for braking based on Th .
需要说明的是,由于仅制动过程中,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不转动,助力电机M3转动,所以可以认为步骤S802b1中输入至能量回收控制模型的仅有助力电机M3的直轴电流i d3、交轴电流i q3和电角速度ω r3、电动汽车的车速v以及电动汽车的参考制动减速度a refIt should be noted that, since the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 do not rotate and the booster motor M3 rotates only during the braking process, it can be considered that only the direct-axis current of the booster motor M3 is input to the energy recovery control model in step S802b1. i d3 , quadrature axis current i q3 and electrical angular velocity ω r3 , vehicle speed v of the electric vehicle, and reference braking deceleration a ref of the electric vehicle.
可以理解的,步骤S802b1求解得到的前驱电机的直轴电压u d1和交轴电压u q1以及后 驱电机M2的直轴电压u d2和交轴电压u q2均为0,助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3不为0。于是,可以认为求解得到的电机的电压信息只有助力电机M3的直轴电压u d3和交轴电压u q3It can be understood that the direct-axis voltage u d1 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q1 of the front drive motor and the direct-axis voltage u d2 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q2 of the rear drive motor M2 obtained by the solution in step S802b1 are all 0, and the direct-axis voltage of the assist motor M3 is 0. The voltage u d3 and the quadrature axis voltage u q3 are not zero. Therefore, it can be considered that the voltage information of the motor obtained by the solution is only the direct-axis voltage u d3 and the quadrature-axis voltage u q3 of the booster motor M3 .
还可以理解的,在步骤S802b1至步骤S802b3实现电动汽车仅进行制动过程中,前驱电机M1和后驱电机M2不会产生能量,动力电池B1用于为前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2、助力电机M3以及ECU供电。It can also be understood that, in the process of realizing that the electric vehicle only brakes in steps S802b1 to S802b3, the front drive motor M1 and the rear drive motor M2 will not generate energy, and the power battery B1 is used for the front drive motor M1, the rear drive motor M2, and the power assist. Motor M3 and ECU power supply.
参考图11所示,本申请实施例提供的车辆制动装置1100可以包括采集模块1101和制动系统1102,采集模块1101与制动系统1102耦合。其中,采集模块1101用于获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC。制动系统1102用于在荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,控制电动汽车进行制动;还用于在荷电状态SOC小于等于荷电状态阈值时,控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Referring to FIG. 11 , the vehicle braking device 1100 provided in this embodiment of the present application may include a collection module 1101 and a braking system 1102 , and the collection module 1101 is coupled to the braking system 1102 . The acquisition module 1101 is used to acquire the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle. The braking system 1102 is used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold; and is also used to control the electric vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold And turn on the braking energy recovery.
进一步地,如图12所示,车辆制动装置1100还包括能量回收控制器1103。能量回收控制器1103与采集模块1101和制动系统1102耦合。其中,采集模块1101还用于:获取电动汽车上电机的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息;能量回收控制器1103用于:根据电机的状态信息和电动汽车的状态信息确定电机的电压。制动系统1102还用于:根据电机的电压控制电动汽车进行制动,或者控制电动汽车进行制动且开启制动能量回收。Further, as shown in FIG. 12 , the vehicle braking device 1100 further includes an energy recovery controller 1103 . The energy recovery controller 1103 is coupled to the harvesting module 1101 and the braking system 1102 . Wherein, the acquisition module 1101 is further used for: acquiring the state information of the motor on the electric vehicle and the state information of the electric vehicle; the energy recovery controller 1103 is used for: determining the voltage of the motor according to the state information of the motor and the state information of the electric vehicle. The braking system 1102 is also used to: control the electric vehicle to perform braking according to the voltage of the motor, or control the electric vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery.
在一种可能的实现方式中,采集模块1101可以包括至少一个传感器。本申请实施例中,传感器设置多个。In a possible implementation, the acquisition module 1101 may include at least one sensor. In the embodiment of the present application, multiple sensors are provided.
例如,采集模块1101可以设置电流传感器。电流传感器用于采集的前驱电机M1、后驱电机M2和助力电机M3的三相电流(三相电流进行坐标变换(如派克park变换),可以得到三个电机各自的直轴电流和交轴电流)。需要说明的是,可以通过一个电流传感器采集三个电机的三相电流,还可以通过三个传感器分别采集三个电机的三相电流。For example, the acquisition module 1101 may be provided with a current sensor. The current sensor is used to collect the three-phase currents of the front-drive motor M1, the rear-drive motor M2 and the booster motor M3 (the three-phase current is subjected to coordinate transformation (such as Parker transformation), and the respective direct-axis current and quadrature-axis current of the three motors can be obtained. ). It should be noted that the three-phase currents of the three motors can be collected through one current sensor, and the three-phase currents of the three motors can also be collected through three sensors respectively.
又例如,采集模块1101可以设置车速传感器。车速传感器用于采集电动汽车的车速。For another example, the collection module 1101 may be provided with a vehicle speed sensor. The vehicle speed sensor is used to collect the vehicle speed of the electric vehicle.
再例如,采集模块1101可以设置行程传感器。行程传感器用于采集制动踏板行程(通过制动踏板行程和电动汽车的纵向动力学方程可以得到电动汽车的参考制动减速度)。For another example, the collection module 1101 may be provided with a travel sensor. The travel sensor is used to collect the travel of the brake pedal (the reference braking deceleration of the electric vehicle can be obtained through the travel of the brake pedal and the longitudinal dynamics equation of the electric vehicle).
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,该电子设备可以包括至少一个处理器和存储器。至少一个处理器可以调用存储器的全部或者部分计算机程序,对车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100的动作进行控制管理,例如,可以用于支持车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100执行上述各个模块执行的步骤。存储器可以用于支持上述实施例中的车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100执行存储一个或多个存储程序代码和数据等。处理器可以实现或执行结合本申请实施例所描述的各种示例性的逻辑模块,其可以是实现计算功能的一个或多个微处理器组合,例如包括但不限于中央处理器和控制 器等。此外,处理器还可以包括其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、或者分立硬件组件等。存储器可以包括随机存取存储器(RAM)和只读存储器ROM等。该随机存取存储器可以包括易失性存储器(如SRAM、DRAM、DDR(双倍数据速率SDRAM,Double Data Rate SDRAM)或SDRAM等)和非易失性存储器。RAM中可以存储有车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100运行所需要的数据(诸如动力电池的荷电状态SOC等)和参数、车辆制动装置700或车辆制动装置1100运行所产生的中间数据、车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100运行后的输出结果等。只读存储器ROM中可以存储有车辆制动装置800或车辆制动装置1100的可执行程序。上述各部件可以通过加载可执行程序以执行各自的工作。存储器存储的可执行程序可以执行如图2、图4、图5和图6的车辆制动方法。In a possible implementation manner, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, and the electronic device may include at least one processor and a memory. At least one processor can call all or part of the computer program in the memory to control and manage the actions of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100, for example, can be used to support the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 to execute The steps performed by each of the above modules. The memory may be used to support the execution of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 in the above-described embodiments to store one or more stored program codes, data, and the like. The processor may implement or execute various exemplary logic modules described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application, which may be a combination of one or more microprocessors that realize computing functions, such as including but not limited to a central processing unit and a controller, etc. . In addition, the processor may also include other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, or the like. The memory may include random access memory (RAM), read only memory ROM, and the like. The random access memory may include volatile memory (such as SRAM, DRAM, DDR (Double Data Rate SDRAM, Double Data Rate SDRAM) or SDRAM, etc.) and non-volatile memory. Data (such as the state of charge SOC of the power battery, etc.) and parameters required for the operation of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 and parameters generated by the operation of the vehicle braking device 700 or the vehicle braking device 1100 can be stored in the RAM. Intermediate data, output results of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 after operation, and the like. The read-only memory ROM may store an executable program of the vehicle braking device 800 or the vehicle braking device 1100 . Each of the above components can perform their own work by loading an executable program. The executable program stored in the memory may execute the vehicle braking method as shown in FIGS. 2 , 4 , 5 and 6 .
在另一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当指令在计算机上运行时,用于执行实现如上述实施例中的车辆制动装置800的车辆制动方法,或者执行上述实施例中的车辆制动装置1100的车辆制动方法。In another possible implementation manner, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on a computer, it is used to execute and implement the above-mentioned embodiments. The vehicle braking method of the vehicle braking device 800 in the above, or the vehicle braking method of the vehicle braking device 1100 in the above-mentioned embodiment is implemented.
在再一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供了计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品中包含指令,当指令在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器实现如上述实施例中的车辆制动装置800的车辆制动方法,或者实现上述实施例中的车辆制动装置1100的车辆制动方法。In yet another possible implementation manner, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, and the computer program product contains instructions, when the instructions are executed on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is made to implement the above-mentioned embodiments. The vehicle braking method of the vehicle braking device 800, or the vehicle braking method implementing the vehicle braking device 1100 in the above embodiment.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间 接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种车辆制动方法,其特征在于,包括:A vehicle braking method, comprising:
    获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;Obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle;
    若所述荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值,控制所述车辆进行制动;If the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold, controlling the vehicle to perform braking;
    若所述荷电状态SOC小于等于所述荷电状态阈值,控制所述车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。If the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold, control the vehicle to perform braking and enable braking energy recovery.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,在所述获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC之后,所述方法还包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 1, wherein after acquiring the state of charge (SOC) of the power battery on the vehicle, the method further comprises:
    获取所述车辆上电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息;Obtain the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle;
    所述电机的状态信息包括所述电机的电角速度和/或所述电机的电流信息;The state information of the motor includes electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or current information of the motor;
    所述车辆的状态信息包括所述车辆的车速和/或参考制动减速度。The state information of the vehicle includes a vehicle speed and/or a reference braking deceleration of the vehicle.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收,包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 2, wherein the controlling the vehicle to perform braking and enabling braking energy recovery comprises:
    将所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到所述电机的电压信息;Inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩和所述电机产生的能量;Determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动,并将所述电机产生的能量存储至所述动力电池中。Based on the torque output by the electric motor, the vehicle is controlled to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle, and the energy generated by the electric motor is stored in the power battery.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述控制所述车辆进行制动,包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the controlling the vehicle to brake comprises:
    将所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到所述电机的电压信息;Inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩;determining the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动。Based on the torque output by the electric motor, the vehicle is controlled to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,在所述获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC之后,所述方法还包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein after acquiring the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle, the method further comprises:
    基于所述电机的电磁力矩方程、所述电机的机械方程和所述制动系统的状态方程确定所述车辆上车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系;determining the relationship between the torque of the wheels on the vehicle and the current information of the electric machine based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the electric machine, the mechanical equation of the electric machine and the state equation of the braking system;
    基于所述车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系、所述车辆的纵向动力学方程和所述电机的电压方程确定所述车辆的状态方程;determining a state equation of the vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the electric machine, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle, and the voltage equation of the electric machine;
    基于所述车辆的状态方程和所述电机的电流信息确定所述车辆的实际制动减速度和所述车轮的力矩;determining the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels based on the state equation of the vehicle and current information of the electric machine;
    基于所述车辆的实际制动减速度确定所述能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数,并基于所述车轮的力矩确定所述能量回收控制模型的第二目标函数和第三目标函数,所述第一目标函数以所述车辆能够跟踪所述参考制动减速度为目标,所述第二目标函数以所述车辆上前轮的制动器的制动力和后轮的制动器的制动力的分配比满足预设的分配比为目标,所述第三目标函数以所述制动系统的制动功率最小为目标;The first objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle, and the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are determined based on the torque of the wheel, the The first objective function is that the vehicle can track the reference braking deceleration, and the second objective function is based on the distribution ratio of the braking force of the front wheel brake and the braking force of the rear wheel brake on the vehicle. The preset distribution ratio is the goal, and the third objective function is aimed at the minimum braking power of the braking system;
    基于所述第一目标函数、所述第二目标函数和所述第三目标函数确定所述能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定所述能量回收控制模型的约束条件。An objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and constraints of the energy recovery control model are determined.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述电机包括第一电机、第二电机和第三电机中的至少一项;The vehicle braking method according to claim 5, wherein the motor comprises at least one of a first motor, a second motor and a third motor;
    所述车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系满足下式:The relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor satisfies the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100004
    式中,T hf表示所述前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示所述后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示所述前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示所述后轮的回馈力矩,r 1表示所述制动系统中制动主缸的活塞直径,r 2表示所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,r 3表示所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,μ f表示所述前轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,μ r表示所述后轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,N P1表示所述第一电机的磁极对数,N P2表示所述第二电机的磁极对数,N P3表示所述第三电机的磁极对数,ψ f1表示所述第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示所述第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示所述第三电机的转子磁链,i q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电流,i q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电流,i q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电流,η 1表示所述第三电机到所述制动主缸的活塞推杆之间的传动系数,n f表示所述第一电机到所述前轮的传动系数,n r表示所述第二电机到所述后轮的传动系数。 In the formula, T hf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, r 1 represents the piston diameter of the brake master cylinder in the braking system, r 2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the front wheel brake, r 3 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the rear wheel brake diameter, μf is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the front wheel, μr is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re is the radius of the front wheel/rear wheel, N P1 is the The number of pole pairs of the first motor, N P2 represents the number of pole pairs of the second motor, N P3 represents the number of pole pairs of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, i q1 represents the quadrature axis current of the first motor, i q2 represents the quadrature axis current of the second motor , i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the third motor, η 1 represents the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the master cylinder, n f represents the first motor to the The transmission coefficient of the front wheel, n r represents the transmission coefficient of the second motor to the rear wheel.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述车辆的状态方程为:The vehicle braking method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the state equation of the vehicle is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100005
    式中,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100006
    表示所述第一电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100007
    表示所述第一电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100008
    表示所述第二电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100009
    表示第二电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100010
    表示所述第三电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100011
    表示所述第三电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,a表示所述车辆的制动减速度,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100012
    表示所述车速的一阶微分,i d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电流,i q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电流,i d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电流,i q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电流,i d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电流,i q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电流,R s1表示所述第一电机的内阻,R s2表示所述第二电机的内阻,R s3表示所述第三电机的内阻,L d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电感,L q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电感,L d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电感,L q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电感,L d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电感,L q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电感,ω r1表示所述第一电机的电角速度,ω r2表示所述第二电机的电角速度,ω r3表示所述第三电机的电角速度,u d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电压,ψ f1表示所述第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示所述第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示所述第三电机的转子磁链,T hf表示所述前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示所述后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示所述前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示所述后轮的回馈力矩,m veh表示所述车辆的质量,R e表示所述前轮/后轮的半径,F air表示所述车辆的空气阻力,F roll表示所述车辆的滚动阻力。
    In the formula,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100006
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the first motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100007
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the first motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100008
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the second motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100009
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the second motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100010
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the third motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100011
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the third motor, a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100012
    represents the first-order differential of the vehicle speed, i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor, i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor, id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor, and i q2 represents the quadrature axis current of the second motor, i d3 represents the direct axis current of the third motor, i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the third motor, R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor, R s2 represents the internal resistance of the second motor, R s3 represents the internal resistance of the third motor, L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the first motor, L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the first motor, L d2 represents the direct axis inductance of the second motor, L q2 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the second motor, L d3 represents the direct axis inductance of the third motor, and L q3 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the third motor , ω r1 represents the electrical angular velocity of the first motor, ω r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the second motor, ω r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor voltage, u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, and ψ f3 represents the third motor. Rotor flux linkage, T hf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, m veh represents the mass of the vehicle, Re represents the radius of the front/rear wheels, F air represents the air resistance of the vehicle, and F roll represents the rolling resistance of the vehicle.
  8. 根据权利要求5至7中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述第一目标函数为:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein the first objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100013
    式中,J 1表示所述第一目标函数的函数值,a(k+i)表示所述车辆在第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度,a ref(k+i)表示所述车辆在第k+i时刻的参考制动减速度,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function, a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+i th time, and a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle The reference braking deceleration at time k+i, P represents the total number of steps.
  9. 根据权利要求5至8中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述第二目标函数为:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein the second objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100014
    式中,J 2表示所述第二目标函数的函数值,T mf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T mr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,R e表示所述车轮的半径,C F表示预设的分配比,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function, T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+ith moment, and T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel The braking torque at the k+ith moment, T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+ith moment, T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith moment The braking torque at the moment, Re represents the radius of the wheel, CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps.
  10. 根据权利要求5至9中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述第三目标函数为:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein the third objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100015
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100015
    式中,J 3表示所述第三目标函数的函数值,T hf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T hr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,ω f(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,ω r(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,P target表示所述制动系统的目标制动功率,P表示步长总数。 In the formula, J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function, T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, T hr (k+i) represents the rear is the braking torque of the wheel at the k +ith moment, ωf (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+ith moment, and ωr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith moment The angular velocity at the moment, P target represents the target braking power of the braking system, and P represents the total number of steps.
  11. 根据权利要求5至10中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述第一目标函数、所述第二目标函数和所述第三目标函数确定所述能量回收控制模型的目标函数,包括:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 5 to 10, wherein the energy recovery is determined based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function The objective function of the control model, including:
    基于预设的加权系数对所述第一目标函数、所述第二目标函数和所述第三目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,确定所述能量回收控制模型的目标函数,所述加权系数包括所述第一目标函数的第一加权系数、所述第二目标函数的第二加权系数和所述第三目标函数的第三加权系数。The first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function are weighted based on a preset weighting coefficient, and the objective of the energy recovery control model is determined with the minimum weighted function value as the objective function, the weighting coefficients include a first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, a second weighting coefficient of the second objective function, and a third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
  12. 根据权利要求5至11中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述能量回收控制模型的约束条件包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束。The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 5 to 11, wherein the constraints of the energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述电压约束为:The vehicle braking method according to claim 12, wherein the voltage constraint is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100016
    式中,u min1表示所述第一电机的电压最小值,u max1表示所述第一电机的电压最大值,u min2表示所述第二电机的电压最小值,u max3表示所述第二电机的电压最大值,u min3表示所述第三电机的电压最小值,u max3表示所述第三电机的电压最大值,u d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电压; In the formula, u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor, u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor, u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor, and u max3 represents the second motor. u min3 represents the minimum voltage of the third motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, and u q1 represents the voltage of the first motor The quadrature axis voltage of a motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor, and u q3 represents the the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor;
    所述电压增量约束为:The voltage increment constraint is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100017
    式中,‖Δu d1‖表示所述第一电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q1‖表示所述第一电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d1max‖表示所述第一电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q1max‖表示所述第一电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d2‖表示所述第二电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q2‖表示所述第二电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d2max‖表示所述第二电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q2max‖表示所述第二电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d3‖表示所述第三电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q3‖表示所述第三电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d3max‖表示所述第三电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q3max‖表示所述第三电机的交轴电压增量最大值。 In the formula, ‖Δu d1 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, and ‖Δu d1max ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage of the first motor The maximum value of the voltage increment, ‖Δu q1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d2 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, and ‖Δu q2 ‖ represents the The quadrature axis voltage increment of the two motors, ‖Δu d2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d3 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu d3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature axis voltage increment of the third motor.
  14. 根据权利要求6至13中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩和所述电机产生的能量,包括:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 6 to 13, wherein the determining the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor comprises:
    基于所述第一电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第一电机输出的第一力矩,基于所述第二电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第二电机输出的第二力矩,并基于所述第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第三电机输出的第三力矩;The first torque output by the first motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor, and the second torque output by the second motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the second motor. torque, and determine the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor;
    基于所述第一电机输出的第一力矩确定所述第一电机产生的第一能量,基于所述第二电机输出的第二力矩确定所述第二电机产生的第二能量。The first energy generated by the first motor is determined based on the first torque output by the first motor, and the second energy generated by the second motor is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动,并将所述电机产生的能量存储至所述动力电池中,包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 14, characterized in that, based on the torque output by the motor, the vehicle is controlled to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle, and the energy generated by the motor is used for braking. Stored in the power battery, including:
    基于所述第一电机输出的第一力矩确定所述前轮的回馈力矩,并基于所述第二电机输出的第二力矩确定所述后轮的回馈力矩;Determine the feedback torque of the front wheel based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determine the feedback torque of the rear wheel based on the second torque output by the second motor;
    基于所述第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过所述制动主缸、所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定所述前轮的制动力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩;Based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking of the front wheel is determined by the master brake cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake. the dynamic torque and the braking torque of the rear wheel;
    基于所述前轮的回馈力矩和所述前轮的制动力矩控制所述前轮进行制动,并基于所述后轮的回馈力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩控制所述后轮进行制动;The front wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the front wheels and the braking torque of the front wheels, and the rear wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the braking torque of the rear wheels. brake;
    将所述第一电机产生的第一能量和所述第二电机产生的第二能量存储至所述动力电池中。The first energy generated by the first motor and the second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
  16. 根据权利要求6至15中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩,包括:The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 6 to 15, wherein the determining the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor comprises:
    基于所述第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第三电机输出的第三力矩。A third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动,包括:The vehicle braking method according to claim 16, wherein the controlling the vehicle to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle based on the torque output by the motor comprises:
    基于所述第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过所述制动主缸、所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定所述前轮的制动力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩;Based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking of the front wheel is determined by the master brake cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake. the dynamic torque and the braking torque of the rear wheel;
    基于所述前轮的制动力矩控制所述前轮进行制动,并基于所述后轮的制动力矩控制所述后轮进行制动。The front wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque of the front wheels, and the rear wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque of the rear wheels.
  18. 根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述车辆为电动车辆。The vehicle braking method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的车辆制动方法,其特征在于,所述电动车辆为电动汽车。The vehicle braking method according to claim 18, wherein the electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  20. 一种车辆制动装置,其特征在于,包括:A vehicle braking device, comprising:
    获取模块,用于获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;an acquisition module for acquiring the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle;
    控制模块,用于在所述荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,控制所述车辆进行制动;还用于在所述荷电状态SOC小于等于所述荷电状态阈值时,控制所述车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。a control module, configured to control the vehicle to perform braking when the state-of-charge SOC is greater than a preset state-of-charge threshold; further configured to, when the state-of-charge SOC is less than or equal to the state-of-charge threshold, The vehicle is controlled to brake and brake energy recovery is turned on.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述获取模块还用于:The vehicle braking device according to claim 20, wherein the acquisition module is further configured to:
    获取所述车辆上电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息;Obtain the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle;
    所述电机的状态信息包括所述电机的电角速度和/或所述电机的电流信息;The state information of the motor includes electrical angular velocity of the motor and/or current information of the motor;
    所述车辆的状态信息包括所述车辆的车速和/或参考制动减速度。The state information of the vehicle includes a vehicle speed and/or a reference braking deceleration of the vehicle.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device of claim 21, wherein the control module is configured to:
    将所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到所述电机的电压信息;Inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩和所述电机产生的能量;Determine the torque output by the motor and the energy generated by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动,并将所 述电机产生的能量存储至所述动力电池中。Based on the torque output by the electric motor, the braking system of the vehicle is used to control the vehicle to perform braking, and the energy generated by the electric motor is stored in the power battery.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the control module is used for:
    将所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息输入预先构建的能量回收控制模型,求解得到所述电机的电压信息;Inputting the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle into a pre-built energy recovery control model, and solving to obtain the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机的电压信息确定所述电机输出的力矩;determining the torque output by the motor based on the voltage information of the motor;
    基于所述电机输出的力矩,通过所述车辆的制动系统控制所述车辆进行制动。Based on the torque output by the electric motor, the vehicle is controlled to perform braking through the braking system of the vehicle.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括建模模块,所述建模模块用于:The vehicle braking device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the device further comprises a modeling module for:
    基于所述电机的电磁力矩方程、所述电机的机械方程和所述制动系统的状态方程确定所述车辆上车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系;determining the relationship between the torque of the wheels on the vehicle and the current information of the electric machine based on the electromagnetic torque equation of the electric machine, the mechanical equation of the electric machine and the state equation of the braking system;
    基于所述车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系、所述车辆的纵向动力学方程和所述电机的电压方程确定所述车辆的状态方程;determining a state equation of the vehicle based on the relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the electric machine, the longitudinal dynamics equation of the vehicle, and the voltage equation of the electric machine;
    基于所述车辆的状态方程和所述电机的电流信息确定所述车辆的实际制动减速度和所述车轮的力矩;determining the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle and the torque of the wheels based on the state equation of the vehicle and current information of the electric machine;
    基于所述车辆的实际制动减速度确定所述能量回收控制模型的第一目标函数,并基于所述车轮的力矩确定所述能量回收控制模型的第二目标函数和第三目标函数,所述第一目标函数以所述车辆能够跟踪所述参考制动减速度为目标,所述第二目标函数以所述车辆上前轮的制动器的制动力和后轮的制动器的制动力的分配比满足预设的分配比为目标,所述第三目标函数以所述制动系统的制动功率最小为目标;The first objective function of the energy recovery control model is determined based on the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle, and the second objective function and the third objective function of the energy recovery control model are determined based on the torque of the wheel, the The first objective function is that the vehicle can track the reference braking deceleration, and the second objective function is based on the distribution ratio of the braking force of the front wheel brake and the braking force of the rear wheel brake on the vehicle. The preset distribution ratio is the goal, and the third objective function is aimed at the minimum braking power of the braking system;
    基于所述第一目标函数、所述第二目标函数和所述第三目标函数确定所述能量回收控制模型的目标函数,并确定所述能量回收控制模型的约束条件;Determine the objective function of the energy recovery control model based on the first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function, and determine the constraints of the energy recovery control model;
    所述电机包括第一电机、第二电机和第三电机中的至少一项;The motor includes at least one of a first motor, a second motor, and a third motor;
    所述车轮的力矩与所述电机的电流信息之间的关系满足下式:The relationship between the torque of the wheel and the current information of the motor satisfies the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100021
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100021
    式中,T hf表示所述前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示所述后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示所述前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示所述后轮的回馈力矩,r 1表示所述制动系统中制动主缸的活塞直径,, r 2表示所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,r 3表示所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸的活塞直径,μ f表示所述前轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,μ r表示所述后轮的制动器中制动盘的摩擦系数,R e表示前轮/后轮的半径,N P1表示所述第一电机的磁极对数,N P2表示所述第二电机的磁极对数,N P3表示所述第三电机的磁极对数,ψ f1表示所述第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示所述第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示所述第三电机的转子磁链,i q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电流,i q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电流,i q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电流,η 1表示所述第三电机到所述制动主缸的活塞推杆之间的传动系数,n f表示所述第一电机到所述前轮的传动系数,n r表示所述第二电机到所述后轮的传动系数; In the formula, T hf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, r 1 represents the piston diameter of the brake master cylinder in the braking system, r 2 represents the piston diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the front wheel, r 3 represents the diameter of the brake wheel cylinder in the brake of the rear wheel Piston diameter, μf is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the front wheel, μr is the friction coefficient of the brake disc in the brake of the rear wheel, Re is the radius of the front/rear wheel, N P1 represents the number of pole pairs of the first motor, N P2 represents the number of pole pairs of the second motor, N P3 represents the number of pole pairs of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, ψ f3 represents the rotor flux linkage of the third motor, i q1 represents the quadrature axis current of the first motor, and i q2 represents the quadrature axis of the second motor Current, i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the third motor, η 1 represents the transmission coefficient between the third motor and the piston push rod of the master cylinder, n f represents the first motor to the the transmission coefficient of the front wheel, n r represents the transmission coefficient of the second motor to the rear wheel;
    所述车辆的状态方程为:The state equation of the vehicle is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100022
    式中,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100023
    表示所述第一电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100024
    表示所述第一电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100025
    表示所述第二电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100026
    表示第二电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100027
    表示所述第三电机的直轴电流的一阶微分,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100028
    表示所述第三电机的交轴电流的一阶微分,a表示所述车辆的制动减速度,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100029
    表示所述车速的一阶微分,i d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电流,i q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电流,i d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电流,i q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电流,i d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电流,i q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电流,R s1表示所述第一电机的内阻,R s2表示所述第二电机的内阻,R s3表示所述第三电机的内阻,L d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电感,L q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电感,L d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电感,L q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电感,L d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电感,L q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电感,ω r1表示所述第一电机的电角速度,ω r2表示所述第二电机的电角速度,ω r3表示所述第三电机的电角速度,u d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示所述第二电机的直轴 电压,u q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电压,ψ f1表示所述第一电机的转子磁链,ψ f2表示所述第二电机的转子磁链,ψ f3表示所述第三电机的转子磁链,T hf表示所述前轮的制动力矩,T hr表示所述后轮的制动力矩,T mf表示所述前轮的回馈力矩,T mr表示所述后轮的回馈力矩,m veh表示所述车辆的质量,R e表示所述前轮/后轮的半径,F air表示所述车辆的空气阻力,F roll表示所述车辆的滚动阻力;
    In the formula,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100023
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the first motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100024
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the first motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100025
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the second motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100026
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the second motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100027
    represents the first derivative of the direct axis current of the third motor,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100028
    represents the first derivative of the quadrature axis current of the third motor, a represents the braking deceleration of the vehicle,
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100029
    represents the first-order differential of the vehicle speed, i d1 represents the direct-axis current of the first motor, i q1 represents the quadrature-axis current of the first motor, id2 represents the direct-axis current of the second motor, and i q2 represents the quadrature axis current of the second motor, i d3 represents the direct axis current of the third motor, i q3 represents the quadrature axis current of the third motor, R s1 represents the internal resistance of the first motor, R s2 represents the internal resistance of the second motor, R s3 represents the internal resistance of the third motor, L d1 represents the direct axis inductance of the first motor, L q1 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the first motor, L d2 represents the direct axis inductance of the second motor, L q2 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the second motor, L d3 represents the direct axis inductance of the third motor, and L q3 represents the quadrature axis inductance of the third motor , ω r1 represents the electrical angular velocity of the first motor, ω r2 represents the electrical angular velocity of the second motor, ω r3 represents the electrical angular velocity of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, u q1 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the first motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, and u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor voltage, u q3 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor, ψ f1 represents the rotor flux linkage of the first motor, ψ f2 represents the rotor flux linkage of the second motor, and ψ f3 represents the third motor. Rotor flux linkage, T hf represents the braking torque of the front wheel, T hr represents the braking torque of the rear wheel, T mf represents the feedback torque of the front wheel, T mr represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel, m veh represents the mass of the vehicle, Re represents the radius of the front wheel/rear wheel, F air represents the air resistance of the vehicle, and F roll represents the rolling resistance of the vehicle;
    所述第一目标函数为:The first objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100030
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100030
    式中,J 1表示所述第一目标函数的函数值,a(k+i)表示所述车辆在第k+i时刻的实际制动减速度,a ref(k+i)表示所述车辆在第k+i时刻的参考制动减速度,P表示步长总数; In the formula, J 1 represents the function value of the first objective function, a(k+i) represents the actual braking deceleration of the vehicle at the k+i th time, and a ref (k+i) represents the vehicle The reference braking deceleration at the k+ith moment, P represents the total number of steps;
    所述第二目标函数为:The second objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100031
    式中,J 2表示所述第二目标函数的函数值,T mf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T mr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的回馈力矩,T hr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,R e表示所述车轮的半径,C F表示预设的分配比,P表示步长总数; In the formula, J 2 represents the function value of the second objective function, T mf (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the front wheel at the k+ith moment, and T hf (k+i) represents the front wheel The braking torque at the k+ith moment, T mr (k+i) represents the feedback torque of the rear wheel at the k+ith moment, T hr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith moment the braking torque at the moment, Re represents the radius of the wheel, CF represents the preset distribution ratio, and P represents the total number of steps;
    所述第三目标函数为:The third objective function is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100032
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100032
    式中,J 3表示所述第三目标函数的函数值,T hf(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,T hr(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的制动力矩,ω f(k+i)表示所述前轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,ω r(k+i)表示所述后轮在第k+i时刻的角速度,P target表示所述制动系统的目标制动功率,P表示步长总数; In the formula, J 3 represents the function value of the third objective function, T hf (k+i) represents the braking torque of the front wheel at the k+i th time, T hr (k+i) represents the rear is the braking torque of the wheel at the k +ith moment, ωf (k+i) represents the angular velocity of the front wheel at the k+ith moment, and ωr (k+i) represents the rear wheel at the k+ith moment the angular velocity at the moment, P target represents the target braking power of the braking system, and P represents the total number of steps;
    所述能量回收控制模型的约束条件包括电压约束和/或电压增量约束;The constraints of the energy recovery control model include voltage constraints and/or voltage increment constraints;
    所述电压约束为:The voltage constraints are:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100033
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100033
    式中,u min1表示所述第一电机的电压最小值,u max1表示所述第一电机的电压最大值, u min2表示所述第二电机的电压最小值,u max3表示所述第二电机的电压最大值,u min3表示所述第三电机的电压最小值,u max3表示所述第三电机的电压最大值,u d1表示所述第一电机的直轴电压,u q1表示所述第一电机的交轴电压,u d2表示所述第二电机的直轴电压,u q2表示所述第二电机的交轴电压,u d3表示所述第三电机的直轴电压,u q3表示所述第三电机的交轴电压; In the formula, u min1 represents the minimum voltage of the first motor, u max1 represents the maximum voltage of the first motor, u min2 represents the minimum voltage of the second motor, and u max3 represents the second motor. u min3 represents the minimum voltage of the third motor, u max3 represents the maximum voltage of the third motor, u d1 represents the direct axis voltage of the first motor, and u q1 represents the voltage of the first motor The quadrature axis voltage of a motor, u d2 represents the direct axis voltage of the second motor, u q2 represents the quadrature axis voltage of the second motor, u d3 represents the direct axis voltage of the third motor, and u q3 represents the the quadrature axis voltage of the third motor;
    所述电压增量约束为:The voltage increment constraint is:
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2021088430-appb-100034
    式中,‖Δu d1‖表示所述第一电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q1‖表示所述第一电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d1max‖表示所述第一电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q1max‖表示所述第一电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d2‖表示所述第二电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q2‖表示所述第二电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d2max‖表示所述第二电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q2max‖表示所述第二电机的交轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu d3‖表示所述第三电机的直轴电压增量,‖Δu q3‖表示所述第三电机的交轴电压增量,‖Δu d3max‖表示所述第三电机的直轴电压增量最大值,‖Δu q3max‖表示所述第三电机的交轴电压增量最大值。 In the formula, ‖Δu d1 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu q1 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, and ‖Δu d1max ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage of the first motor The maximum value of the voltage increment, ‖Δu q1max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the first motor, ‖Δu d2 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the second motor, and ‖Δu q2 ‖ represents the The quadrature axis voltage increment of the two motors, ‖Δu d2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu q2max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature axis voltage increment of the second motor, ‖Δu d3 ‖ represents the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3 ‖ represents the quadrature-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu d3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the direct-axis voltage increment of the third motor, ‖Δu q3max ‖ represents the maximum value of the quadrature axis voltage increment of the third motor.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述建模模块用于:The vehicle braking device of claim 24, wherein the modeling module is used to:
    基于预设的加权系数对所述第一目标函数、所述第二目标函数和所述第三目标函数进行加权,并以加权后的函数值最小为目标,确定所述能量回收控制模型的目标函数,所述加权系数包括所述第一目标函数的第一加权系数、所述第二目标函数的第二加权系数和所述第三目标函数的第三加权系数。The first objective function, the second objective function and the third objective function are weighted based on a preset weighting coefficient, and the objective of the energy recovery control model is determined with the minimum weighted function value as the objective function, the weighting coefficients include a first weighting coefficient of the first objective function, a second weighting coefficient of the second objective function, and a third weighting coefficient of the third objective function.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the control module is used to:
    基于所述第一电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第一电机输出的第一力矩,基于所述第二电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第二电机输出的第二力矩,并基于所述第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第三电机输出的第三力矩;The first torque output by the first motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the first motor, and the second torque output by the second motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the second motor. torque, and determine the third torque output by the third motor based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor;
    基于所述第一电机输出的第一力矩确定所述第一电机产生的第一能量,基于所述第二电机输出的第二力矩确定所述第二电机产生的第二能量。The first energy generated by the first motor is determined based on the first torque output by the first motor, and the second energy generated by the second motor is determined based on the second torque output by the second motor.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device of claim 26, wherein the control module is configured to:
    基于所述第一电机输出的第一力矩确定所述前轮的回馈力矩,并基于所述第二电机输出的第二力矩确定所述后轮的回馈力矩;Determine the feedback torque of the front wheel based on the first torque output by the first motor, and determine the feedback torque of the rear wheel based on the second torque output by the second motor;
    基于所述第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过所述制动主缸、所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定所述前轮的制动力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩;Based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking of the front wheel is determined by the master brake cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake. the dynamic torque and the braking torque of the rear wheel;
    基于所述前轮的回馈力矩和所述前轮的制动力矩控制所述前轮进行制动,并基于所述后轮的回馈力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩控制所述后轮进行制动;The front wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the front wheels and the braking torque of the front wheels, and the rear wheels are controlled to perform braking based on the feedback torque of the rear wheels and the braking torque of the rear wheels. brake;
    将所述第一电机产生的第一能量和所述第二电机产生的第二能量存储至所述动力电池中。The first energy generated by the first motor and the second energy generated by the second motor are stored in the power battery.
  28. 根据权利要求24至27中任一项所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein the control module is configured to:
    基于所述第三电机的直轴电压和交轴电压确定所述第三电机输出的第三力矩。A third torque output by the third motor is determined based on the direct-axis voltage and the quadrature-axis voltage of the third motor.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述控制模块用于:The vehicle braking device of claim 28, wherein the control module is configured to:
    基于所述第三电机输出的第三力矩,通过所述制动主缸、所述前轮的制动器中制动轮缸和所述后轮的制动器中制动轮缸确定所述前轮的制动力矩和所述后轮的制动力矩;Based on the third torque output by the third motor, the braking of the front wheel is determined by the master brake cylinder, the brake wheel cylinder of the front wheel brake and the brake wheel cylinder of the rear wheel brake. the dynamic torque and the braking torque of the rear wheel;
    基于所述前轮的制动力矩控制所述前轮进行制动,并基于所述后轮的制动力矩控制所述后轮进行制动。The front wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque of the front wheels, and the rear wheels are controlled to be braked based on the braking torque of the rear wheels.
  30. 根据权利要求20至29中任一项所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述车辆为电动车辆。The vehicle braking device according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述电动车辆为电动汽车。The vehicle braking device according to claim 30, wherein the electric vehicle is an electric vehicle.
  32. 一种车辆制动装置,其特征在于,包括:A vehicle braking device, comprising:
    采集模块,用于获取车辆上动力电池的荷电状态SOC;The acquisition module is used to obtain the state of charge SOC of the power battery on the vehicle;
    制动系统,用于在所述荷电状态SOC大于预设的荷电状态阈值时,控制所述车辆进行制动;还用于在所述荷电状态SOC小于等于所述荷电状态阈值时,控制所述车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。a braking system, configured to control the vehicle to perform braking when the state of charge SOC is greater than a preset state of charge threshold; further configured to control the vehicle to brake when the state of charge SOC is less than or equal to the state of charge threshold , control the vehicle to brake and turn on the braking energy recovery.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的车辆制动装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括能量回收控制器,所述能量回收控制器与所述采集模块和所述制动系统耦合;The vehicle braking device of claim 32, wherein the device further comprises an energy recovery controller coupled to the harvesting module and the braking system;
    所述采集模块还用于:获取所述车辆上电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息;The acquisition module is further configured to: acquire the state information of the motor on the vehicle and the state information of the vehicle;
    所述能量回收控制器用于:根据所述电机的状态信息和所述车辆的状态信息确定所述电机的电压;The energy recovery controller is used for: determining the voltage of the motor according to the state information of the motor and the state information of the vehicle;
    所述制动系统还用于:根据所述电机的电压控制所述车辆进行制动,或者控制所述车辆进行制动且开启制动能量回收。The braking system is further used for: controlling the vehicle to perform braking according to the voltage of the electric motor, or controlling the vehicle to perform braking and enabling braking energy recovery.
  34. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, comprising:
    至少一个处理器;at least one processor;
    存储器,用于存储一个或多个程序;memory for storing one or more programs;
    当所述一个或多个程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时,实现如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法。The method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 19 is implemented when the one or more programs are executed by the at least one processor.
  35. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,用于执行如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium storing instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, when the instructions are executed on a computer, they are used to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 19. method.
  36. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包含指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得所述计算机或所述处理器实现如权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions are executed on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is made to implement any one of claims 1 to 19. one of the methods described.
PCT/CN2021/088430 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device WO2022222035A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180001165.9A CN113302078B (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Vehicle braking method and device and electronic equipment
PCT/CN2021/088430 WO2022222035A1 (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/088430 WO2022222035A1 (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022222035A1 true WO2022222035A1 (en) 2022-10-27

Family

ID=77331313

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/088430 WO2022222035A1 (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113302078B (en)
WO (1) WO2022222035A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102343824A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-08 北汽福田汽车股份有限公司 Regenerative braking control method of electric car and device thereof
JP2015030427A (en) * 2013-08-06 2015-02-16 本田技研工業株式会社 Braking device for vehicle
CN109532817A (en) * 2019-01-04 2019-03-29 大连民族大学 Regenerative braking moment distribution method of the mixed power electric car based on SOC
CN109703375A (en) * 2019-01-30 2019-05-03 吉林大学 Electric car regenerating braking energy coordinates recycling and control method
CN111942160A (en) * 2020-08-27 2020-11-17 吉林大学 Electric automobile brake optimization control method based on motor iron loss model

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102343824A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-08 北汽福田汽车股份有限公司 Regenerative braking control method of electric car and device thereof
JP2015030427A (en) * 2013-08-06 2015-02-16 本田技研工業株式会社 Braking device for vehicle
CN109532817A (en) * 2019-01-04 2019-03-29 大连民族大学 Regenerative braking moment distribution method of the mixed power electric car based on SOC
CN109703375A (en) * 2019-01-30 2019-05-03 吉林大学 Electric car regenerating braking energy coordinates recycling and control method
CN111942160A (en) * 2020-08-27 2020-11-17 吉林大学 Electric automobile brake optimization control method based on motor iron loss model

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113302078A (en) 2021-08-24
CN113302078B (en) 2022-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Heydari et al. Maximizing regenerative braking energy recovery of electric vehicles through dynamic low-speed cutoff point detection
CN100475596C (en) Vehicle regenerative braking control apparatus and method
JP4965751B1 (en) Torque distribution device, torque distribution method, torque distribution value generation method, and program
Tao et al. A regenerative braking system for electric vehicle with four in-wheel motors based on fuzzy control
CN111553024A (en) Multi-objective optimization method and system for driving system of distributed driving electric automobile
CN104175891B (en) Pure electric automobile energy regenerating regenerating brake control method
Wang et al. Powertrain matching and optimization of dual-motor hybrid driving system for electric vehicle based on quantum genetic intelligent algorithm
JP2012228163A (en) Torque distribution device and torque distribution method
JP2021037941A (en) Auxiliary electrical traction motor for vehicles
Grandone et al. Development of a regenerative braking control strategy for hybridized solar vehicle
de Carvalho Pinheiro et al. All-wheel drive electric vehicle modeling and performance optimization
CN113547928B (en) Dual-motor four-wheel drive electric vehicle torque distribution method considering tire slippage
Dingel et al. Model-based assessment of hybrid powertrain solutions
Athari et al. Optimal torque control for an electric-drive vehicle with in-wheel motors: implementation and experiments
CN111688497B (en) Feedback braking system of electric vehicle battery in high-charge state and control method
CN108583293A (en) The feedback braking torque distribution method and its four-wheel-driven control system of new-energy automobile
WO2022222035A1 (en) Vehicle braking method and apparatus, and electronic device
Tomar et al. Design of powertrain model for an electric vehicle using matlab/simulink
Mineeshma et al. Component sizing of electric vehicle/hybrid electric vehicle subsystems using backward modelling approach
Xie et al. Research on regenerative braking control strategy and Simulink simulation for 4WD electric vehicle
Ta et al. Four-wheel independently driven formula: Experimental ev for motion control studies
Silva et al. A study of battery power for a different electric vehicle propulsion system
Sehab et al. An online estimation of energy recovery in an electric vehicle using ARTEMIS mission profiles
Sabri et al. An overview of modeling and control of a through-the-road hybrid electric vehicle
Vodovozov et al. Fuzzy logic control of electric vehicles in changing braking conditions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21937280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21937280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1